10b57cec5SDimitry Andric //===- SyntheticSections.cpp ----------------------------------------------===// 20b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 30b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. 40b57cec5SDimitry Andric // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. 50b57cec5SDimitry Andric // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception 60b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 70b57cec5SDimitry Andric //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 80b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 90b57cec5SDimitry Andric // This file contains linker-synthesized sections. Currently, 100b57cec5SDimitry Andric // synthetic sections are created either output sections or input sections, 110b57cec5SDimitry Andric // but we are rewriting code so that all synthetic sections are created as 120b57cec5SDimitry Andric // input sections. 130b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 140b57cec5SDimitry Andric //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 150b57cec5SDimitry Andric 160b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "SyntheticSections.h" 170b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "Config.h" 18*81ad6265SDimitry Andric #include "DWARF.h" 19*81ad6265SDimitry Andric #include "EhFrame.h" 200b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "InputFiles.h" 210b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "LinkerScript.h" 220b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "OutputSections.h" 230b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "SymbolTable.h" 240b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "Symbols.h" 250b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "Target.h" 26*81ad6265SDimitry Andric #include "Thunks.h" 270b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "Writer.h" 2804eeddc0SDimitry Andric #include "lld/Common/CommonLinkerContext.h" 295ffd83dbSDimitry Andric #include "lld/Common/DWARF.h" 300b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "lld/Common/Strings.h" 310b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "lld/Common/Version.h" 320b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "llvm/ADT/SetOperations.h" 330b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 340b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "llvm/BinaryFormat/Dwarf.h" 35*81ad6265SDimitry Andric #include "llvm/BinaryFormat/ELF.h" 360b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "llvm/DebugInfo/DWARF/DWARFDebugPubTable.h" 370b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "llvm/Support/Endian.h" 380b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include "llvm/Support/LEB128.h" 395ffd83dbSDimitry Andric #include "llvm/Support/Parallel.h" 405ffd83dbSDimitry Andric #include "llvm/Support/TimeProfiler.h" 410b57cec5SDimitry Andric #include <cstdlib> 420b57cec5SDimitry Andric 430b57cec5SDimitry Andric using namespace llvm; 440b57cec5SDimitry Andric using namespace llvm::dwarf; 450b57cec5SDimitry Andric using namespace llvm::ELF; 460b57cec5SDimitry Andric using namespace llvm::object; 470b57cec5SDimitry Andric using namespace llvm::support; 485ffd83dbSDimitry Andric using namespace lld; 495ffd83dbSDimitry Andric using namespace lld::elf; 500b57cec5SDimitry Andric 510b57cec5SDimitry Andric using llvm::support::endian::read32le; 520b57cec5SDimitry Andric using llvm::support::endian::write32le; 530b57cec5SDimitry Andric using llvm::support::endian::write64le; 540b57cec5SDimitry Andric 550b57cec5SDimitry Andric constexpr size_t MergeNoTailSection::numShards; 560b57cec5SDimitry Andric 570b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint64_t readUint(uint8_t *buf) { 580b57cec5SDimitry Andric return config->is64 ? read64(buf) : read32(buf); 590b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 600b57cec5SDimitry Andric 610b57cec5SDimitry Andric static void writeUint(uint8_t *buf, uint64_t val) { 620b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->is64) 630b57cec5SDimitry Andric write64(buf, val); 640b57cec5SDimitry Andric else 650b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf, val); 660b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 670b57cec5SDimitry Andric 680b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Returns an LLD version string. 690b57cec5SDimitry Andric static ArrayRef<uint8_t> getVersion() { 700b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Check LLD_VERSION first for ease of testing. 710b57cec5SDimitry Andric // You can get consistent output by using the environment variable. 720b57cec5SDimitry Andric // This is only for testing. 730b57cec5SDimitry Andric StringRef s = getenv("LLD_VERSION"); 740b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (s.empty()) 7504eeddc0SDimitry Andric s = saver().save(Twine("Linker: ") + getLLDVersion()); 760b57cec5SDimitry Andric 770b57cec5SDimitry Andric // +1 to include the terminating '\0'. 780b57cec5SDimitry Andric return {(const uint8_t *)s.data(), s.size() + 1}; 790b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 800b57cec5SDimitry Andric 810b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Creates a .comment section containing LLD version info. 820b57cec5SDimitry Andric // With this feature, you can identify LLD-generated binaries easily 830b57cec5SDimitry Andric // by "readelf --string-dump .comment <file>". 840b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The returned object is a mergeable string section. 855ffd83dbSDimitry Andric MergeInputSection *elf::createCommentSection() { 861fd87a68SDimitry Andric auto *sec = make<MergeInputSection>(SHF_MERGE | SHF_STRINGS, SHT_PROGBITS, 1, 870b57cec5SDimitry Andric getVersion(), ".comment"); 881fd87a68SDimitry Andric sec->splitIntoPieces(); 891fd87a68SDimitry Andric return sec; 900b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 910b57cec5SDimitry Andric 920b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .MIPS.abiflags section. 930b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> 940b57cec5SDimitry Andric MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELFT>::MipsAbiFlagsSection(Elf_Mips_ABIFlags flags) 950b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS, 8, ".MIPS.abiflags"), 960b57cec5SDimitry Andric flags(flags) { 970b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->entsize = sizeof(Elf_Mips_ABIFlags); 980b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 990b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1000b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 1010b57cec5SDimitry Andric memcpy(buf, &flags, sizeof(flags)); 1020b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 1030b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1040b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> 1051fd87a68SDimitry Andric std::unique_ptr<MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELFT>> MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELFT>::create() { 1060b57cec5SDimitry Andric Elf_Mips_ABIFlags flags = {}; 1070b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool create = false; 1080b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1090b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (InputSectionBase *sec : inputSections) { 1100b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (sec->type != SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS) 1110b57cec5SDimitry Andric continue; 1120b57cec5SDimitry Andric sec->markDead(); 1130b57cec5SDimitry Andric create = true; 1140b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1150b57cec5SDimitry Andric std::string filename = toString(sec->file); 116*81ad6265SDimitry Andric const size_t size = sec->rawData.size(); 1170b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Older version of BFD (such as the default FreeBSD linker) concatenate 1180b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .MIPS.abiflags instead of merging. To allow for this case (or potential 1190b57cec5SDimitry Andric // zero padding) we ignore everything after the first Elf_Mips_ABIFlags 1200b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (size < sizeof(Elf_Mips_ABIFlags)) { 1210b57cec5SDimitry Andric error(filename + ": invalid size of .MIPS.abiflags section: got " + 1220b57cec5SDimitry Andric Twine(size) + " instead of " + Twine(sizeof(Elf_Mips_ABIFlags))); 1230b57cec5SDimitry Andric return nullptr; 1240b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 125*81ad6265SDimitry Andric auto *s = reinterpret_cast<const Elf_Mips_ABIFlags *>(sec->rawData.data()); 1260b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (s->version != 0) { 1270b57cec5SDimitry Andric error(filename + ": unexpected .MIPS.abiflags version " + 1280b57cec5SDimitry Andric Twine(s->version)); 1290b57cec5SDimitry Andric return nullptr; 1300b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 1310b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1320b57cec5SDimitry Andric // LLD checks ISA compatibility in calcMipsEFlags(). Here we just 1330b57cec5SDimitry Andric // select the highest number of ISA/Rev/Ext. 1340b57cec5SDimitry Andric flags.isa_level = std::max(flags.isa_level, s->isa_level); 1350b57cec5SDimitry Andric flags.isa_rev = std::max(flags.isa_rev, s->isa_rev); 1360b57cec5SDimitry Andric flags.isa_ext = std::max(flags.isa_ext, s->isa_ext); 1370b57cec5SDimitry Andric flags.gpr_size = std::max(flags.gpr_size, s->gpr_size); 1380b57cec5SDimitry Andric flags.cpr1_size = std::max(flags.cpr1_size, s->cpr1_size); 1390b57cec5SDimitry Andric flags.cpr2_size = std::max(flags.cpr2_size, s->cpr2_size); 1400b57cec5SDimitry Andric flags.ases |= s->ases; 1410b57cec5SDimitry Andric flags.flags1 |= s->flags1; 1420b57cec5SDimitry Andric flags.flags2 |= s->flags2; 1435ffd83dbSDimitry Andric flags.fp_abi = elf::getMipsFpAbiFlag(flags.fp_abi, s->fp_abi, filename); 1440b57cec5SDimitry Andric }; 1450b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1460b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (create) 1471fd87a68SDimitry Andric return std::make_unique<MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELFT>>(flags); 1480b57cec5SDimitry Andric return nullptr; 1490b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 1500b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1510b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .MIPS.options section. 1520b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> 1530b57cec5SDimitry Andric MipsOptionsSection<ELFT>::MipsOptionsSection(Elf_Mips_RegInfo reginfo) 1540b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 8, ".MIPS.options"), 1550b57cec5SDimitry Andric reginfo(reginfo) { 1560b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->entsize = sizeof(Elf_Mips_Options) + sizeof(Elf_Mips_RegInfo); 1570b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 1580b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1590b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void MipsOptionsSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 1600b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto *options = reinterpret_cast<Elf_Mips_Options *>(buf); 1610b57cec5SDimitry Andric options->kind = ODK_REGINFO; 1620b57cec5SDimitry Andric options->size = getSize(); 1630b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1640b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!config->relocatable) 1650b57cec5SDimitry Andric reginfo.ri_gp_value = in.mipsGot->getGp(); 1660b57cec5SDimitry Andric memcpy(buf + sizeof(Elf_Mips_Options), ®info, sizeof(reginfo)); 1670b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 1680b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1690b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> 1701fd87a68SDimitry Andric std::unique_ptr<MipsOptionsSection<ELFT>> MipsOptionsSection<ELFT>::create() { 1710b57cec5SDimitry Andric // N64 ABI only. 1720b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!ELFT::Is64Bits) 1730b57cec5SDimitry Andric return nullptr; 1740b57cec5SDimitry Andric 17504eeddc0SDimitry Andric SmallVector<InputSectionBase *, 0> sections; 1760b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (InputSectionBase *sec : inputSections) 1770b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (sec->type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS) 1780b57cec5SDimitry Andric sections.push_back(sec); 1790b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1800b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (sections.empty()) 1810b57cec5SDimitry Andric return nullptr; 1820b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1830b57cec5SDimitry Andric Elf_Mips_RegInfo reginfo = {}; 1840b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (InputSectionBase *sec : sections) { 1850b57cec5SDimitry Andric sec->markDead(); 1860b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1870b57cec5SDimitry Andric std::string filename = toString(sec->file); 188*81ad6265SDimitry Andric ArrayRef<uint8_t> d = sec->rawData; 1890b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1900b57cec5SDimitry Andric while (!d.empty()) { 1910b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (d.size() < sizeof(Elf_Mips_Options)) { 1920b57cec5SDimitry Andric error(filename + ": invalid size of .MIPS.options section"); 1930b57cec5SDimitry Andric break; 1940b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 1950b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1960b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto *opt = reinterpret_cast<const Elf_Mips_Options *>(d.data()); 1970b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (opt->kind == ODK_REGINFO) { 1980b57cec5SDimitry Andric reginfo.ri_gprmask |= opt->getRegInfo().ri_gprmask; 1990b57cec5SDimitry Andric sec->getFile<ELFT>()->mipsGp0 = opt->getRegInfo().ri_gp_value; 2000b57cec5SDimitry Andric break; 2010b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 2020b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2030b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!opt->size) 2040b57cec5SDimitry Andric fatal(filename + ": zero option descriptor size"); 2050b57cec5SDimitry Andric d = d.slice(opt->size); 2060b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 2070b57cec5SDimitry Andric }; 2080b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2091fd87a68SDimitry Andric return std::make_unique<MipsOptionsSection<ELFT>>(reginfo); 2100b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 2110b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2120b57cec5SDimitry Andric // MIPS .reginfo section. 2130b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> 2140b57cec5SDimitry Andric MipsReginfoSection<ELFT>::MipsReginfoSection(Elf_Mips_RegInfo reginfo) 2150b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_MIPS_REGINFO, 4, ".reginfo"), 2160b57cec5SDimitry Andric reginfo(reginfo) { 2170b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->entsize = sizeof(Elf_Mips_RegInfo); 2180b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 2190b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2200b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void MipsReginfoSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 2210b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!config->relocatable) 2220b57cec5SDimitry Andric reginfo.ri_gp_value = in.mipsGot->getGp(); 2230b57cec5SDimitry Andric memcpy(buf, ®info, sizeof(reginfo)); 2240b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 2250b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2260b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> 2271fd87a68SDimitry Andric std::unique_ptr<MipsReginfoSection<ELFT>> MipsReginfoSection<ELFT>::create() { 2280b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Section should be alive for O32 and N32 ABIs only. 2290b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (ELFT::Is64Bits) 2300b57cec5SDimitry Andric return nullptr; 2310b57cec5SDimitry Andric 23204eeddc0SDimitry Andric SmallVector<InputSectionBase *, 0> sections; 2330b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (InputSectionBase *sec : inputSections) 2340b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (sec->type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO) 2350b57cec5SDimitry Andric sections.push_back(sec); 2360b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2370b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (sections.empty()) 2380b57cec5SDimitry Andric return nullptr; 2390b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2400b57cec5SDimitry Andric Elf_Mips_RegInfo reginfo = {}; 2410b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (InputSectionBase *sec : sections) { 2420b57cec5SDimitry Andric sec->markDead(); 2430b57cec5SDimitry Andric 244*81ad6265SDimitry Andric if (sec->rawData.size() != sizeof(Elf_Mips_RegInfo)) { 2450b57cec5SDimitry Andric error(toString(sec->file) + ": invalid size of .reginfo section"); 2460b57cec5SDimitry Andric return nullptr; 2470b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 2480b57cec5SDimitry Andric 249*81ad6265SDimitry Andric auto *r = reinterpret_cast<const Elf_Mips_RegInfo *>(sec->rawData.data()); 2500b57cec5SDimitry Andric reginfo.ri_gprmask |= r->ri_gprmask; 2510b57cec5SDimitry Andric sec->getFile<ELFT>()->mipsGp0 = r->ri_gp_value; 2520b57cec5SDimitry Andric }; 2530b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2541fd87a68SDimitry Andric return std::make_unique<MipsReginfoSection<ELFT>>(reginfo); 2550b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 2560b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2575ffd83dbSDimitry Andric InputSection *elf::createInterpSection() { 2580b57cec5SDimitry Andric // StringSaver guarantees that the returned string ends with '\0'. 25904eeddc0SDimitry Andric StringRef s = saver().save(config->dynamicLinker); 2600b57cec5SDimitry Andric ArrayRef<uint8_t> contents = {(const uint8_t *)s.data(), s.size() + 1}; 2610b57cec5SDimitry Andric 26285868e8aSDimitry Andric return make<InputSection>(nullptr, SHF_ALLOC, SHT_PROGBITS, 1, contents, 2630b57cec5SDimitry Andric ".interp"); 2640b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 2650b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2665ffd83dbSDimitry Andric Defined *elf::addSyntheticLocal(StringRef name, uint8_t type, uint64_t value, 2670b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t size, InputSectionBase §ion) { 2680eae32dcSDimitry Andric Defined *s = makeDefined(section.file, name, STB_LOCAL, STV_DEFAULT, type, 2690b57cec5SDimitry Andric value, size, §ion); 2700b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (in.symTab) 2710b57cec5SDimitry Andric in.symTab->addSymbol(s); 2720b57cec5SDimitry Andric return s; 2730b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 2740b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2750b57cec5SDimitry Andric static size_t getHashSize() { 2760b57cec5SDimitry Andric switch (config->buildId) { 2770b57cec5SDimitry Andric case BuildIdKind::Fast: 2780b57cec5SDimitry Andric return 8; 2790b57cec5SDimitry Andric case BuildIdKind::Md5: 2800b57cec5SDimitry Andric case BuildIdKind::Uuid: 2810b57cec5SDimitry Andric return 16; 2820b57cec5SDimitry Andric case BuildIdKind::Sha1: 2830b57cec5SDimitry Andric return 20; 2840b57cec5SDimitry Andric case BuildIdKind::Hexstring: 2850b57cec5SDimitry Andric return config->buildIdVector.size(); 2860b57cec5SDimitry Andric default: 2870b57cec5SDimitry Andric llvm_unreachable("unknown BuildIdKind"); 2880b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 2890b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 2900b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2910b57cec5SDimitry Andric // This class represents a linker-synthesized .note.gnu.property section. 2920b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 2930b57cec5SDimitry Andric // In x86 and AArch64, object files may contain feature flags indicating the 2940b57cec5SDimitry Andric // features that they have used. The flags are stored in a .note.gnu.property 2950b57cec5SDimitry Andric // section. 2960b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 2970b57cec5SDimitry Andric // lld reads the sections from input files and merges them by computing AND of 2980b57cec5SDimitry Andric // the flags. The result is written as a new .note.gnu.property section. 2990b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 3000b57cec5SDimitry Andric // If the flag is zero (which indicates that the intersection of the feature 3010b57cec5SDimitry Andric // sets is empty, or some input files didn't have .note.gnu.property sections), 3020b57cec5SDimitry Andric // we don't create this section. 3030b57cec5SDimitry Andric GnuPropertySection::GnuPropertySection() 304480093f4SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(llvm::ELF::SHF_ALLOC, llvm::ELF::SHT_NOTE, 305480093f4SDimitry Andric config->wordsize, ".note.gnu.property") {} 3060b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3070b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GnuPropertySection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 3080b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t featureAndType = config->emachine == EM_AARCH64 3090b57cec5SDimitry Andric ? GNU_PROPERTY_AARCH64_FEATURE_1_AND 3100b57cec5SDimitry Andric : GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_AND; 3110b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3120b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf, 4); // Name size 3130b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 4, config->is64 ? 16 : 12); // Content size 3140b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 8, NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0); // Type 3150b57cec5SDimitry Andric memcpy(buf + 12, "GNU", 4); // Name string 3160b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 16, featureAndType); // Feature type 3170b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 20, 4); // Feature size 3180b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 24, config->andFeatures); // Feature flags 3190b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->is64) 3200b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 28, 0); // Padding 3210b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 3220b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3230b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t GnuPropertySection::getSize() const { return config->is64 ? 32 : 28; } 3240b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3250b57cec5SDimitry Andric BuildIdSection::BuildIdSection() 3260b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_NOTE, 4, ".note.gnu.build-id"), 3270b57cec5SDimitry Andric hashSize(getHashSize()) {} 3280b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3290b57cec5SDimitry Andric void BuildIdSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 3300b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf, 4); // Name size 3310b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 4, hashSize); // Content size 3320b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 8, NT_GNU_BUILD_ID); // Type 3330b57cec5SDimitry Andric memcpy(buf + 12, "GNU", 4); // Name string 3340b57cec5SDimitry Andric hashBuf = buf + 16; 3350b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 3360b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3370b57cec5SDimitry Andric void BuildIdSection::writeBuildId(ArrayRef<uint8_t> buf) { 3380b57cec5SDimitry Andric assert(buf.size() == hashSize); 3390b57cec5SDimitry Andric memcpy(hashBuf, buf.data(), hashSize); 3400b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 3410b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3420b57cec5SDimitry Andric BssSection::BssSection(StringRef name, uint64_t size, uint32_t alignment) 3430b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, SHT_NOBITS, alignment, name) { 3440b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->bss = true; 3450b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->size = size; 3460b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 3470b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3480b57cec5SDimitry Andric EhFrameSection::EhFrameSection() 3490b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_PROGBITS, 1, ".eh_frame") {} 3500b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3510b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Search for an existing CIE record or create a new one. 3520b57cec5SDimitry Andric // CIE records from input object files are uniquified by their contents 3530b57cec5SDimitry Andric // and where their relocations point to. 3540b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT, class RelTy> 3550b57cec5SDimitry Andric CieRecord *EhFrameSection::addCie(EhSectionPiece &cie, ArrayRef<RelTy> rels) { 3560b57cec5SDimitry Andric Symbol *personality = nullptr; 3570b57cec5SDimitry Andric unsigned firstRelI = cie.firstRelocation; 3580b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (firstRelI != (unsigned)-1) 3590b57cec5SDimitry Andric personality = 3600b57cec5SDimitry Andric &cie.sec->template getFile<ELFT>()->getRelocTargetSym(rels[firstRelI]); 3610b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3620b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Search for an existing CIE by CIE contents/relocation target pair. 3630b57cec5SDimitry Andric CieRecord *&rec = cieMap[{cie.data(), personality}]; 3640b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3650b57cec5SDimitry Andric // If not found, create a new one. 3660b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!rec) { 3670b57cec5SDimitry Andric rec = make<CieRecord>(); 3680b57cec5SDimitry Andric rec->cie = &cie; 3690b57cec5SDimitry Andric cieRecords.push_back(rec); 3700b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 3710b57cec5SDimitry Andric return rec; 3720b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 3730b57cec5SDimitry Andric 374e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric // There is one FDE per function. Returns a non-null pointer to the function 375e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric // symbol if the given FDE points to a live function. 3760b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT, class RelTy> 377e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric Defined *EhFrameSection::isFdeLive(EhSectionPiece &fde, ArrayRef<RelTy> rels) { 3780b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto *sec = cast<EhInputSection>(fde.sec); 3790b57cec5SDimitry Andric unsigned firstRelI = fde.firstRelocation; 3800b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3810b57cec5SDimitry Andric // An FDE should point to some function because FDEs are to describe 3820b57cec5SDimitry Andric // functions. That's however not always the case due to an issue of 3830b57cec5SDimitry Andric // ld.gold with -r. ld.gold may discard only functions and leave their 3840b57cec5SDimitry Andric // corresponding FDEs, which results in creating bad .eh_frame sections. 3850b57cec5SDimitry Andric // To deal with that, we ignore such FDEs. 3860b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (firstRelI == (unsigned)-1) 387e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric return nullptr; 3880b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3890b57cec5SDimitry Andric const RelTy &rel = rels[firstRelI]; 3900b57cec5SDimitry Andric Symbol &b = sec->template getFile<ELFT>()->getRelocTargetSym(rel); 3910b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3920b57cec5SDimitry Andric // FDEs for garbage-collected or merged-by-ICF sections, or sections in 3930b57cec5SDimitry Andric // another partition, are dead. 3940b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (auto *d = dyn_cast<Defined>(&b)) 3950eae32dcSDimitry Andric if (!d->folded && d->section && d->section->partition == partition) 396e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric return d; 397e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric return nullptr; 3980b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 3990b57cec5SDimitry Andric 4000b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .eh_frame is a sequence of CIE or FDE records. In general, there 4010b57cec5SDimitry Andric // is one CIE record per input object file which is followed by 4020b57cec5SDimitry Andric // a list of FDEs. This function searches an existing CIE or create a new 4030b57cec5SDimitry Andric // one and associates FDEs to the CIE. 4040b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT, class RelTy> 40585868e8aSDimitry Andric void EhFrameSection::addRecords(EhInputSection *sec, ArrayRef<RelTy> rels) { 4060b57cec5SDimitry Andric offsetToCie.clear(); 4070b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (EhSectionPiece &piece : sec->pieces) { 4080b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The empty record is the end marker. 4090b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (piece.size == 4) 4100b57cec5SDimitry Andric return; 4110b57cec5SDimitry Andric 4120b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t offset = piece.inputOff; 413*81ad6265SDimitry Andric const uint32_t id = 414*81ad6265SDimitry Andric endian::read32<ELFT::TargetEndianness>(piece.data().data() + 4); 4150b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (id == 0) { 4160b57cec5SDimitry Andric offsetToCie[offset] = addCie<ELFT>(piece, rels); 4170b57cec5SDimitry Andric continue; 4180b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 4190b57cec5SDimitry Andric 4200b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t cieOffset = offset + 4 - id; 4210b57cec5SDimitry Andric CieRecord *rec = offsetToCie[cieOffset]; 4220b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!rec) 4230b57cec5SDimitry Andric fatal(toString(sec) + ": invalid CIE reference"); 4240b57cec5SDimitry Andric 4250b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!isFdeLive<ELFT>(piece, rels)) 4260b57cec5SDimitry Andric continue; 4270b57cec5SDimitry Andric rec->fdes.push_back(&piece); 4280b57cec5SDimitry Andric numFdes++; 4290b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 4300b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 4310b57cec5SDimitry Andric 43285868e8aSDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> 43385868e8aSDimitry Andric void EhFrameSection::addSectionAux(EhInputSection *sec) { 43485868e8aSDimitry Andric if (!sec->isLive()) 43585868e8aSDimitry Andric return; 436349cc55cSDimitry Andric const RelsOrRelas<ELFT> rels = sec->template relsOrRelas<ELFT>(); 437349cc55cSDimitry Andric if (rels.areRelocsRel()) 438349cc55cSDimitry Andric addRecords<ELFT>(sec, rels.rels); 43985868e8aSDimitry Andric else 440349cc55cSDimitry Andric addRecords<ELFT>(sec, rels.relas); 44185868e8aSDimitry Andric } 44285868e8aSDimitry Andric 44385868e8aSDimitry Andric void EhFrameSection::addSection(EhInputSection *sec) { 4440b57cec5SDimitry Andric sec->parent = this; 4450b57cec5SDimitry Andric 4460b57cec5SDimitry Andric alignment = std::max(alignment, sec->alignment); 4470b57cec5SDimitry Andric sections.push_back(sec); 4480b57cec5SDimitry Andric 4490b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (auto *ds : sec->dependentSections) 4500b57cec5SDimitry Andric dependentSections.push_back(ds); 4510b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 4520b57cec5SDimitry Andric 453e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric // Used by ICF<ELFT>::handleLSDA(). This function is very similar to 454e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric // EhFrameSection::addRecords(). 455e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT, class RelTy> 456e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric void EhFrameSection::iterateFDEWithLSDAAux( 457e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric EhInputSection &sec, ArrayRef<RelTy> rels, DenseSet<size_t> &ciesWithLSDA, 458e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric llvm::function_ref<void(InputSection &)> fn) { 459e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric for (EhSectionPiece &piece : sec.pieces) { 460e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric // Skip ZERO terminator. 461e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric if (piece.size == 4) 462e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric continue; 463e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric 464e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric size_t offset = piece.inputOff; 465e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric uint32_t id = 466e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric endian::read32<ELFT::TargetEndianness>(piece.data().data() + 4); 467e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric if (id == 0) { 468e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric if (hasLSDA(piece)) 469e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric ciesWithLSDA.insert(offset); 470e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric continue; 471e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric } 472e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric uint32_t cieOffset = offset + 4 - id; 473e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric if (ciesWithLSDA.count(cieOffset) == 0) 474e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric continue; 475e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric 476e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric // The CIE has a LSDA argument. Call fn with d's section. 477e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric if (Defined *d = isFdeLive<ELFT>(piece, rels)) 478e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric if (auto *s = dyn_cast_or_null<InputSection>(d->section)) 479e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric fn(*s); 480e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric } 481e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric } 482e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric 483e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> 484e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric void EhFrameSection::iterateFDEWithLSDA( 485e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric llvm::function_ref<void(InputSection &)> fn) { 486e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric DenseSet<size_t> ciesWithLSDA; 487e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric for (EhInputSection *sec : sections) { 488e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric ciesWithLSDA.clear(); 489349cc55cSDimitry Andric const RelsOrRelas<ELFT> rels = sec->template relsOrRelas<ELFT>(); 490349cc55cSDimitry Andric if (rels.areRelocsRel()) 491349cc55cSDimitry Andric iterateFDEWithLSDAAux<ELFT>(*sec, rels.rels, ciesWithLSDA, fn); 492e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric else 493349cc55cSDimitry Andric iterateFDEWithLSDAAux<ELFT>(*sec, rels.relas, ciesWithLSDA, fn); 494e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric } 495e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric } 496e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric 4970b57cec5SDimitry Andric static void writeCieFde(uint8_t *buf, ArrayRef<uint8_t> d) { 4980b57cec5SDimitry Andric memcpy(buf, d.data(), d.size()); 4990b57cec5SDimitry Andric 5000b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t aligned = alignTo(d.size(), config->wordsize); 50104eeddc0SDimitry Andric assert(std::all_of(buf + d.size(), buf + aligned, 50204eeddc0SDimitry Andric [](uint8_t c) { return c == 0; })); 5030b57cec5SDimitry Andric 5040b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Fix the size field. -4 since size does not include the size field itself. 5050b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf, aligned - 4); 5060b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 5070b57cec5SDimitry Andric 5080b57cec5SDimitry Andric void EhFrameSection::finalizeContents() { 5090b57cec5SDimitry Andric assert(!this->size); // Not finalized. 51085868e8aSDimitry Andric 51185868e8aSDimitry Andric switch (config->ekind) { 51285868e8aSDimitry Andric case ELFNoneKind: 51385868e8aSDimitry Andric llvm_unreachable("invalid ekind"); 51485868e8aSDimitry Andric case ELF32LEKind: 51585868e8aSDimitry Andric for (EhInputSection *sec : sections) 51685868e8aSDimitry Andric addSectionAux<ELF32LE>(sec); 51785868e8aSDimitry Andric break; 51885868e8aSDimitry Andric case ELF32BEKind: 51985868e8aSDimitry Andric for (EhInputSection *sec : sections) 52085868e8aSDimitry Andric addSectionAux<ELF32BE>(sec); 52185868e8aSDimitry Andric break; 52285868e8aSDimitry Andric case ELF64LEKind: 52385868e8aSDimitry Andric for (EhInputSection *sec : sections) 52485868e8aSDimitry Andric addSectionAux<ELF64LE>(sec); 52585868e8aSDimitry Andric break; 52685868e8aSDimitry Andric case ELF64BEKind: 52785868e8aSDimitry Andric for (EhInputSection *sec : sections) 52885868e8aSDimitry Andric addSectionAux<ELF64BE>(sec); 52985868e8aSDimitry Andric break; 53085868e8aSDimitry Andric } 53185868e8aSDimitry Andric 5320b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t off = 0; 5330b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (CieRecord *rec : cieRecords) { 5340b57cec5SDimitry Andric rec->cie->outputOff = off; 5350b57cec5SDimitry Andric off += alignTo(rec->cie->size, config->wordsize); 5360b57cec5SDimitry Andric 5370b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (EhSectionPiece *fde : rec->fdes) { 5380b57cec5SDimitry Andric fde->outputOff = off; 5390b57cec5SDimitry Andric off += alignTo(fde->size, config->wordsize); 5400b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 5410b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 5420b57cec5SDimitry Andric 5430b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The LSB standard does not allow a .eh_frame section with zero 5440b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Call Frame Information records. glibc unwind-dw2-fde.c 5450b57cec5SDimitry Andric // classify_object_over_fdes expects there is a CIE record length 0 as a 5460b57cec5SDimitry Andric // terminator. Thus we add one unconditionally. 5470b57cec5SDimitry Andric off += 4; 5480b57cec5SDimitry Andric 5490b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->size = off; 5500b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 5510b57cec5SDimitry Andric 5520b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Returns data for .eh_frame_hdr. .eh_frame_hdr is a binary search table 5530b57cec5SDimitry Andric // to get an FDE from an address to which FDE is applied. This function 5540b57cec5SDimitry Andric // returns a list of such pairs. 55504eeddc0SDimitry Andric SmallVector<EhFrameSection::FdeData, 0> EhFrameSection::getFdeData() const { 5560b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint8_t *buf = Out::bufferStart + getParent()->offset + outSecOff; 55704eeddc0SDimitry Andric SmallVector<FdeData, 0> ret; 5580b57cec5SDimitry Andric 5590b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t va = getPartition().ehFrameHdr->getVA(); 5600b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (CieRecord *rec : cieRecords) { 5610b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint8_t enc = getFdeEncoding(rec->cie); 5620b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (EhSectionPiece *fde : rec->fdes) { 5630b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t pc = getFdePc(buf, fde->outputOff, enc); 5640b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t fdeVA = getParent()->addr + fde->outputOff; 5650b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!isInt<32>(pc - va)) 5660b57cec5SDimitry Andric fatal(toString(fde->sec) + ": PC offset is too large: 0x" + 5670b57cec5SDimitry Andric Twine::utohexstr(pc - va)); 5680b57cec5SDimitry Andric ret.push_back({uint32_t(pc - va), uint32_t(fdeVA - va)}); 5690b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 5700b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 5710b57cec5SDimitry Andric 5720b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Sort the FDE list by their PC and uniqueify. Usually there is only 5730b57cec5SDimitry Andric // one FDE for a PC (i.e. function), but if ICF merges two functions 5740b57cec5SDimitry Andric // into one, there can be more than one FDEs pointing to the address. 5750b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto less = [](const FdeData &a, const FdeData &b) { 5760b57cec5SDimitry Andric return a.pcRel < b.pcRel; 5770b57cec5SDimitry Andric }; 5780b57cec5SDimitry Andric llvm::stable_sort(ret, less); 5790b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto eq = [](const FdeData &a, const FdeData &b) { 5800b57cec5SDimitry Andric return a.pcRel == b.pcRel; 5810b57cec5SDimitry Andric }; 5820b57cec5SDimitry Andric ret.erase(std::unique(ret.begin(), ret.end(), eq), ret.end()); 5830b57cec5SDimitry Andric 5840b57cec5SDimitry Andric return ret; 5850b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 5860b57cec5SDimitry Andric 5870b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint64_t readFdeAddr(uint8_t *buf, int size) { 5880b57cec5SDimitry Andric switch (size) { 5890b57cec5SDimitry Andric case DW_EH_PE_udata2: 5900b57cec5SDimitry Andric return read16(buf); 5910b57cec5SDimitry Andric case DW_EH_PE_sdata2: 5920b57cec5SDimitry Andric return (int16_t)read16(buf); 5930b57cec5SDimitry Andric case DW_EH_PE_udata4: 5940b57cec5SDimitry Andric return read32(buf); 5950b57cec5SDimitry Andric case DW_EH_PE_sdata4: 5960b57cec5SDimitry Andric return (int32_t)read32(buf); 5970b57cec5SDimitry Andric case DW_EH_PE_udata8: 5980b57cec5SDimitry Andric case DW_EH_PE_sdata8: 5990b57cec5SDimitry Andric return read64(buf); 6000b57cec5SDimitry Andric case DW_EH_PE_absptr: 6010b57cec5SDimitry Andric return readUint(buf); 6020b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 6030b57cec5SDimitry Andric fatal("unknown FDE size encoding"); 6040b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 6050b57cec5SDimitry Andric 6060b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Returns the VA to which a given FDE (on a mmap'ed buffer) is applied to. 6070b57cec5SDimitry Andric // We need it to create .eh_frame_hdr section. 6080b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t EhFrameSection::getFdePc(uint8_t *buf, size_t fdeOff, 6090b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint8_t enc) const { 6100b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The starting address to which this FDE applies is 6110b57cec5SDimitry Andric // stored at FDE + 8 byte. 6120b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t off = fdeOff + 8; 6130b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t addr = readFdeAddr(buf + off, enc & 0xf); 6140b57cec5SDimitry Andric if ((enc & 0x70) == DW_EH_PE_absptr) 6150b57cec5SDimitry Andric return addr; 6160b57cec5SDimitry Andric if ((enc & 0x70) == DW_EH_PE_pcrel) 6170b57cec5SDimitry Andric return addr + getParent()->addr + off; 6180b57cec5SDimitry Andric fatal("unknown FDE size relative encoding"); 6190b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 6200b57cec5SDimitry Andric 6210b57cec5SDimitry Andric void EhFrameSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 6220b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write CIE and FDE records. 6230b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (CieRecord *rec : cieRecords) { 6240b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t cieOffset = rec->cie->outputOff; 6250b57cec5SDimitry Andric writeCieFde(buf + cieOffset, rec->cie->data()); 6260b57cec5SDimitry Andric 6270b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (EhSectionPiece *fde : rec->fdes) { 6280b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t off = fde->outputOff; 6290b57cec5SDimitry Andric writeCieFde(buf + off, fde->data()); 6300b57cec5SDimitry Andric 6310b57cec5SDimitry Andric // FDE's second word should have the offset to an associated CIE. 6320b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write it. 6330b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + off + 4, off + 4 - cieOffset); 6340b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 6350b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 6360b57cec5SDimitry Andric 6370b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Apply relocations. .eh_frame section contents are not contiguous 6380b57cec5SDimitry Andric // in the output buffer, but relocateAlloc() still works because 6390b57cec5SDimitry Andric // getOffset() takes care of discontiguous section pieces. 6400b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (EhInputSection *s : sections) 6410b57cec5SDimitry Andric s->relocateAlloc(buf, nullptr); 6420b57cec5SDimitry Andric 6430b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (getPartition().ehFrameHdr && getPartition().ehFrameHdr->getParent()) 6440b57cec5SDimitry Andric getPartition().ehFrameHdr->write(); 6450b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 6460b57cec5SDimitry Andric 6470b57cec5SDimitry Andric GotSection::GotSection() 648fe6060f1SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, SHT_PROGBITS, 649fe6060f1SDimitry Andric target->gotEntrySize, ".got") { 650fe6060f1SDimitry Andric numEntries = target->gotHeaderEntriesNum; 6510b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 6520b57cec5SDimitry Andric 6530b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GotSection::addEntry(Symbol &sym) { 65404eeddc0SDimitry Andric assert(sym.auxIdx == symAux.size() - 1); 65504eeddc0SDimitry Andric symAux.back().gotIdx = numEntries++; 65604eeddc0SDimitry Andric } 65704eeddc0SDimitry Andric 65804eeddc0SDimitry Andric bool GotSection::addTlsDescEntry(Symbol &sym) { 65904eeddc0SDimitry Andric assert(sym.auxIdx == symAux.size() - 1); 66004eeddc0SDimitry Andric symAux.back().tlsDescIdx = numEntries; 66104eeddc0SDimitry Andric numEntries += 2; 66204eeddc0SDimitry Andric return true; 6630b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 6640b57cec5SDimitry Andric 6650b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool GotSection::addDynTlsEntry(Symbol &sym) { 66604eeddc0SDimitry Andric assert(sym.auxIdx == symAux.size() - 1); 66704eeddc0SDimitry Andric symAux.back().tlsGdIdx = numEntries; 6680b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Global Dynamic TLS entries take two GOT slots. 6690b57cec5SDimitry Andric numEntries += 2; 6700b57cec5SDimitry Andric return true; 6710b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 6720b57cec5SDimitry Andric 6730b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Reserves TLS entries for a TLS module ID and a TLS block offset. 6740b57cec5SDimitry Andric // In total it takes two GOT slots. 6750b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool GotSection::addTlsIndex() { 6760b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (tlsIndexOff != uint32_t(-1)) 6770b57cec5SDimitry Andric return false; 6780b57cec5SDimitry Andric tlsIndexOff = numEntries * config->wordsize; 6790b57cec5SDimitry Andric numEntries += 2; 6800b57cec5SDimitry Andric return true; 6810b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 6820b57cec5SDimitry Andric 68304eeddc0SDimitry Andric uint32_t GotSection::getTlsDescOffset(const Symbol &sym) const { 68404eeddc0SDimitry Andric return sym.getTlsDescIdx() * config->wordsize; 68504eeddc0SDimitry Andric } 68604eeddc0SDimitry Andric 68704eeddc0SDimitry Andric uint64_t GotSection::getTlsDescAddr(const Symbol &sym) const { 68804eeddc0SDimitry Andric return getVA() + getTlsDescOffset(sym); 68904eeddc0SDimitry Andric } 69004eeddc0SDimitry Andric 6910b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t GotSection::getGlobalDynAddr(const Symbol &b) const { 69204eeddc0SDimitry Andric return this->getVA() + b.getTlsGdIdx() * config->wordsize; 6930b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 6940b57cec5SDimitry Andric 6950b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t GotSection::getGlobalDynOffset(const Symbol &b) const { 69604eeddc0SDimitry Andric return b.getTlsGdIdx() * config->wordsize; 6970b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 6980b57cec5SDimitry Andric 6990b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GotSection::finalizeContents() { 700fe6060f1SDimitry Andric if (config->emachine == EM_PPC64 && 701fe6060f1SDimitry Andric numEntries <= target->gotHeaderEntriesNum && !ElfSym::globalOffsetTable) 702fe6060f1SDimitry Andric size = 0; 703fe6060f1SDimitry Andric else 7040b57cec5SDimitry Andric size = numEntries * config->wordsize; 7050b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 7060b57cec5SDimitry Andric 7070b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool GotSection::isNeeded() const { 708fe6060f1SDimitry Andric // Needed if the GOT symbol is used or the number of entries is more than just 709fe6060f1SDimitry Andric // the header. A GOT with just the header may not be needed. 710fe6060f1SDimitry Andric return hasGotOffRel || numEntries > target->gotHeaderEntriesNum; 7110b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 7120b57cec5SDimitry Andric 7130b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GotSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 7140b57cec5SDimitry Andric target->writeGotHeader(buf); 715e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric relocateAlloc(buf, buf + size); 7160b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 7170b57cec5SDimitry Andric 7180b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint64_t getMipsPageAddr(uint64_t addr) { 7190b57cec5SDimitry Andric return (addr + 0x8000) & ~0xffff; 7200b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 7210b57cec5SDimitry Andric 7220b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint64_t getMipsPageCount(uint64_t size) { 7230b57cec5SDimitry Andric return (size + 0xfffe) / 0xffff + 1; 7240b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 7250b57cec5SDimitry Andric 7260b57cec5SDimitry Andric MipsGotSection::MipsGotSection() 7270b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL, SHT_PROGBITS, 16, 7280b57cec5SDimitry Andric ".got") {} 7290b57cec5SDimitry Andric 7300b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MipsGotSection::addEntry(InputFile &file, Symbol &sym, int64_t addend, 7310b57cec5SDimitry Andric RelExpr expr) { 7320b57cec5SDimitry Andric FileGot &g = getGot(file); 7330b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (expr == R_MIPS_GOT_LOCAL_PAGE) { 7340b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (const OutputSection *os = sym.getOutputSection()) 7350b57cec5SDimitry Andric g.pagesMap.insert({os, {}}); 7360b57cec5SDimitry Andric else 7370b57cec5SDimitry Andric g.local16.insert({{nullptr, getMipsPageAddr(sym.getVA(addend))}, 0}); 7380b57cec5SDimitry Andric } else if (sym.isTls()) 7390b57cec5SDimitry Andric g.tls.insert({&sym, 0}); 7400b57cec5SDimitry Andric else if (sym.isPreemptible && expr == R_ABS) 7410b57cec5SDimitry Andric g.relocs.insert({&sym, 0}); 7420b57cec5SDimitry Andric else if (sym.isPreemptible) 7430b57cec5SDimitry Andric g.global.insert({&sym, 0}); 7440b57cec5SDimitry Andric else if (expr == R_MIPS_GOT_OFF32) 7450b57cec5SDimitry Andric g.local32.insert({{&sym, addend}, 0}); 7460b57cec5SDimitry Andric else 7470b57cec5SDimitry Andric g.local16.insert({{&sym, addend}, 0}); 7480b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 7490b57cec5SDimitry Andric 7500b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MipsGotSection::addDynTlsEntry(InputFile &file, Symbol &sym) { 7510b57cec5SDimitry Andric getGot(file).dynTlsSymbols.insert({&sym, 0}); 7520b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 7530b57cec5SDimitry Andric 7540b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MipsGotSection::addTlsIndex(InputFile &file) { 7550b57cec5SDimitry Andric getGot(file).dynTlsSymbols.insert({nullptr, 0}); 7560b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 7570b57cec5SDimitry Andric 7580b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t MipsGotSection::FileGot::getEntriesNum() const { 7590b57cec5SDimitry Andric return getPageEntriesNum() + local16.size() + global.size() + relocs.size() + 7600b57cec5SDimitry Andric tls.size() + dynTlsSymbols.size() * 2; 7610b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 7620b57cec5SDimitry Andric 7630b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t MipsGotSection::FileGot::getPageEntriesNum() const { 7640b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t num = 0; 7650b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const std::pair<const OutputSection *, FileGot::PageBlock> &p : pagesMap) 7660b57cec5SDimitry Andric num += p.second.count; 7670b57cec5SDimitry Andric return num; 7680b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 7690b57cec5SDimitry Andric 7700b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t MipsGotSection::FileGot::getIndexedEntriesNum() const { 7710b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t count = getPageEntriesNum() + local16.size() + global.size(); 7720b57cec5SDimitry Andric // If there are relocation-only entries in the GOT, TLS entries 7730b57cec5SDimitry Andric // are allocated after them. TLS entries should be addressable 7740b57cec5SDimitry Andric // by 16-bit index so count both reloc-only and TLS entries. 7750b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!tls.empty() || !dynTlsSymbols.empty()) 7760b57cec5SDimitry Andric count += relocs.size() + tls.size() + dynTlsSymbols.size() * 2; 7770b57cec5SDimitry Andric return count; 7780b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 7790b57cec5SDimitry Andric 7800b57cec5SDimitry Andric MipsGotSection::FileGot &MipsGotSection::getGot(InputFile &f) { 7810eae32dcSDimitry Andric if (f.mipsGotIndex == uint32_t(-1)) { 7820b57cec5SDimitry Andric gots.emplace_back(); 7830b57cec5SDimitry Andric gots.back().file = &f; 7840b57cec5SDimitry Andric f.mipsGotIndex = gots.size() - 1; 7850b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 7860eae32dcSDimitry Andric return gots[f.mipsGotIndex]; 7870b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 7880b57cec5SDimitry Andric 7890b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t MipsGotSection::getPageEntryOffset(const InputFile *f, 7900b57cec5SDimitry Andric const Symbol &sym, 7910b57cec5SDimitry Andric int64_t addend) const { 7920eae32dcSDimitry Andric const FileGot &g = gots[f->mipsGotIndex]; 7930b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t index = 0; 7940b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (const OutputSection *outSec = sym.getOutputSection()) { 7950b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t secAddr = getMipsPageAddr(outSec->addr); 7960b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t symAddr = getMipsPageAddr(sym.getVA(addend)); 7970b57cec5SDimitry Andric index = g.pagesMap.lookup(outSec).firstIndex + (symAddr - secAddr) / 0xffff; 7980b57cec5SDimitry Andric } else { 7990b57cec5SDimitry Andric index = g.local16.lookup({nullptr, getMipsPageAddr(sym.getVA(addend))}); 8000b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 8010b57cec5SDimitry Andric return index * config->wordsize; 8020b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 8030b57cec5SDimitry Andric 8040b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t MipsGotSection::getSymEntryOffset(const InputFile *f, const Symbol &s, 8050b57cec5SDimitry Andric int64_t addend) const { 8060eae32dcSDimitry Andric const FileGot &g = gots[f->mipsGotIndex]; 8070b57cec5SDimitry Andric Symbol *sym = const_cast<Symbol *>(&s); 8080b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (sym->isTls()) 8090b57cec5SDimitry Andric return g.tls.lookup(sym) * config->wordsize; 8100b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (sym->isPreemptible) 8110b57cec5SDimitry Andric return g.global.lookup(sym) * config->wordsize; 8120b57cec5SDimitry Andric return g.local16.lookup({sym, addend}) * config->wordsize; 8130b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 8140b57cec5SDimitry Andric 8150b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t MipsGotSection::getTlsIndexOffset(const InputFile *f) const { 8160eae32dcSDimitry Andric const FileGot &g = gots[f->mipsGotIndex]; 8170b57cec5SDimitry Andric return g.dynTlsSymbols.lookup(nullptr) * config->wordsize; 8180b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 8190b57cec5SDimitry Andric 8200b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t MipsGotSection::getGlobalDynOffset(const InputFile *f, 8210b57cec5SDimitry Andric const Symbol &s) const { 8220eae32dcSDimitry Andric const FileGot &g = gots[f->mipsGotIndex]; 8230b57cec5SDimitry Andric Symbol *sym = const_cast<Symbol *>(&s); 8240b57cec5SDimitry Andric return g.dynTlsSymbols.lookup(sym) * config->wordsize; 8250b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 8260b57cec5SDimitry Andric 8270b57cec5SDimitry Andric const Symbol *MipsGotSection::getFirstGlobalEntry() const { 8280b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (gots.empty()) 8290b57cec5SDimitry Andric return nullptr; 8300b57cec5SDimitry Andric const FileGot &primGot = gots.front(); 8310b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!primGot.global.empty()) 8320b57cec5SDimitry Andric return primGot.global.front().first; 8330b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!primGot.relocs.empty()) 8340b57cec5SDimitry Andric return primGot.relocs.front().first; 8350b57cec5SDimitry Andric return nullptr; 8360b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 8370b57cec5SDimitry Andric 8380b57cec5SDimitry Andric unsigned MipsGotSection::getLocalEntriesNum() const { 8390b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (gots.empty()) 8400b57cec5SDimitry Andric return headerEntriesNum; 8410b57cec5SDimitry Andric return headerEntriesNum + gots.front().getPageEntriesNum() + 8420b57cec5SDimitry Andric gots.front().local16.size(); 8430b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 8440b57cec5SDimitry Andric 8450b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool MipsGotSection::tryMergeGots(FileGot &dst, FileGot &src, bool isPrimary) { 8460b57cec5SDimitry Andric FileGot tmp = dst; 8470b57cec5SDimitry Andric set_union(tmp.pagesMap, src.pagesMap); 8480b57cec5SDimitry Andric set_union(tmp.local16, src.local16); 8490b57cec5SDimitry Andric set_union(tmp.global, src.global); 8500b57cec5SDimitry Andric set_union(tmp.relocs, src.relocs); 8510b57cec5SDimitry Andric set_union(tmp.tls, src.tls); 8520b57cec5SDimitry Andric set_union(tmp.dynTlsSymbols, src.dynTlsSymbols); 8530b57cec5SDimitry Andric 8540b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t count = isPrimary ? headerEntriesNum : 0; 8550b57cec5SDimitry Andric count += tmp.getIndexedEntriesNum(); 8560b57cec5SDimitry Andric 8570b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (count * config->wordsize > config->mipsGotSize) 8580b57cec5SDimitry Andric return false; 8590b57cec5SDimitry Andric 8600b57cec5SDimitry Andric std::swap(tmp, dst); 8610b57cec5SDimitry Andric return true; 8620b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 8630b57cec5SDimitry Andric 8640b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MipsGotSection::finalizeContents() { updateAllocSize(); } 8650b57cec5SDimitry Andric 8660b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool MipsGotSection::updateAllocSize() { 8670b57cec5SDimitry Andric size = headerEntriesNum * config->wordsize; 8680b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const FileGot &g : gots) 8690b57cec5SDimitry Andric size += g.getEntriesNum() * config->wordsize; 8700b57cec5SDimitry Andric return false; 8710b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 8720b57cec5SDimitry Andric 8730b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MipsGotSection::build() { 8740b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (gots.empty()) 8750b57cec5SDimitry Andric return; 8760b57cec5SDimitry Andric 8770b57cec5SDimitry Andric std::vector<FileGot> mergedGots(1); 8780b57cec5SDimitry Andric 8790b57cec5SDimitry Andric // For each GOT move non-preemptible symbols from the `Global` 8800b57cec5SDimitry Andric // to `Local16` list. Preemptible symbol might become non-preemptible 8810b57cec5SDimitry Andric // one if, for example, it gets a related copy relocation. 8820b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (FileGot &got : gots) { 8830b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (auto &p: got.global) 8840b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!p.first->isPreemptible) 8850b57cec5SDimitry Andric got.local16.insert({{p.first, 0}, 0}); 8860b57cec5SDimitry Andric got.global.remove_if([&](const std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p) { 8870b57cec5SDimitry Andric return !p.first->isPreemptible; 8880b57cec5SDimitry Andric }); 8890b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 8900b57cec5SDimitry Andric 8910b57cec5SDimitry Andric // For each GOT remove "reloc-only" entry if there is "global" 8920b57cec5SDimitry Andric // entry for the same symbol. And add local entries which indexed 8930b57cec5SDimitry Andric // using 32-bit value at the end of 16-bit entries. 8940b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (FileGot &got : gots) { 8950b57cec5SDimitry Andric got.relocs.remove_if([&](const std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p) { 8960b57cec5SDimitry Andric return got.global.count(p.first); 8970b57cec5SDimitry Andric }); 8980b57cec5SDimitry Andric set_union(got.local16, got.local32); 8990b57cec5SDimitry Andric got.local32.clear(); 9000b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 9010b57cec5SDimitry Andric 9020b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Evaluate number of "reloc-only" entries in the resulting GOT. 9030b57cec5SDimitry Andric // To do that put all unique "reloc-only" and "global" entries 9040b57cec5SDimitry Andric // from all GOTs to the future primary GOT. 9050b57cec5SDimitry Andric FileGot *primGot = &mergedGots.front(); 9060b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (FileGot &got : gots) { 9070b57cec5SDimitry Andric set_union(primGot->relocs, got.global); 9080b57cec5SDimitry Andric set_union(primGot->relocs, got.relocs); 9090b57cec5SDimitry Andric got.relocs.clear(); 9100b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 9110b57cec5SDimitry Andric 9120b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Evaluate number of "page" entries in each GOT. 9130b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (FileGot &got : gots) { 9140b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (std::pair<const OutputSection *, FileGot::PageBlock> &p : 9150b57cec5SDimitry Andric got.pagesMap) { 9160b57cec5SDimitry Andric const OutputSection *os = p.first; 9170b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t secSize = 0; 9184824e7fdSDimitry Andric for (SectionCommand *cmd : os->commands) { 9190b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (auto *isd = dyn_cast<InputSectionDescription>(cmd)) 9200b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (InputSection *isec : isd->sections) { 9210b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t off = alignTo(secSize, isec->alignment); 9220b57cec5SDimitry Andric secSize = off + isec->getSize(); 9230b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 9240b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 9250b57cec5SDimitry Andric p.second.count = getMipsPageCount(secSize); 9260b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 9270b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 9280b57cec5SDimitry Andric 9290b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Merge GOTs. Try to join as much as possible GOTs but do not exceed 9300b57cec5SDimitry Andric // maximum GOT size. At first, try to fill the primary GOT because 9310b57cec5SDimitry Andric // the primary GOT can be accessed in the most effective way. If it 9320b57cec5SDimitry Andric // is not possible, try to fill the last GOT in the list, and finally 9330b57cec5SDimitry Andric // create a new GOT if both attempts failed. 9340b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (FileGot &srcGot : gots) { 9350b57cec5SDimitry Andric InputFile *file = srcGot.file; 9360b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (tryMergeGots(mergedGots.front(), srcGot, true)) { 9370b57cec5SDimitry Andric file->mipsGotIndex = 0; 9380b57cec5SDimitry Andric } else { 9390b57cec5SDimitry Andric // If this is the first time we failed to merge with the primary GOT, 9400b57cec5SDimitry Andric // MergedGots.back() will also be the primary GOT. We must make sure not 9410b57cec5SDimitry Andric // to try to merge again with isPrimary=false, as otherwise, if the 9420b57cec5SDimitry Andric // inputs are just right, we could allow the primary GOT to become 1 or 2 9430b57cec5SDimitry Andric // words bigger due to ignoring the header size. 9440b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (mergedGots.size() == 1 || 9450b57cec5SDimitry Andric !tryMergeGots(mergedGots.back(), srcGot, false)) { 9460b57cec5SDimitry Andric mergedGots.emplace_back(); 9470b57cec5SDimitry Andric std::swap(mergedGots.back(), srcGot); 9480b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 9490b57cec5SDimitry Andric file->mipsGotIndex = mergedGots.size() - 1; 9500b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 9510b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 9520b57cec5SDimitry Andric std::swap(gots, mergedGots); 9530b57cec5SDimitry Andric 9540b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Reduce number of "reloc-only" entries in the primary GOT 955480093f4SDimitry Andric // by subtracting "global" entries in the primary GOT. 9560b57cec5SDimitry Andric primGot = &gots.front(); 9570b57cec5SDimitry Andric primGot->relocs.remove_if([&](const std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p) { 9580b57cec5SDimitry Andric return primGot->global.count(p.first); 9590b57cec5SDimitry Andric }); 9600b57cec5SDimitry Andric 9610b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Calculate indexes for each GOT entry. 9620b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t index = headerEntriesNum; 9630b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (FileGot &got : gots) { 9640b57cec5SDimitry Andric got.startIndex = &got == primGot ? 0 : index; 9650b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (std::pair<const OutputSection *, FileGot::PageBlock> &p : 9660b57cec5SDimitry Andric got.pagesMap) { 9670b57cec5SDimitry Andric // For each output section referenced by GOT page relocations calculate 9680b57cec5SDimitry Andric // and save into pagesMap an upper bound of MIPS GOT entries required 9690b57cec5SDimitry Andric // to store page addresses of local symbols. We assume the worst case - 9700b57cec5SDimitry Andric // each 64kb page of the output section has at least one GOT relocation 9710b57cec5SDimitry Andric // against it. And take in account the case when the section intersects 9720b57cec5SDimitry Andric // page boundaries. 9730b57cec5SDimitry Andric p.second.firstIndex = index; 9740b57cec5SDimitry Andric index += p.second.count; 9750b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 9760b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (auto &p: got.local16) 9770b57cec5SDimitry Andric p.second = index++; 9780b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (auto &p: got.global) 9790b57cec5SDimitry Andric p.second = index++; 9800b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (auto &p: got.relocs) 9810b57cec5SDimitry Andric p.second = index++; 9820b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (auto &p: got.tls) 9830b57cec5SDimitry Andric p.second = index++; 9840b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (auto &p: got.dynTlsSymbols) { 9850b57cec5SDimitry Andric p.second = index; 9860b57cec5SDimitry Andric index += 2; 9870b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 9880b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 9890b57cec5SDimitry Andric 99004eeddc0SDimitry Andric // Update SymbolAux::gotIdx field to use this 9910b57cec5SDimitry Andric // value later in the `sortMipsSymbols` function. 99204eeddc0SDimitry Andric for (auto &p : primGot->global) { 99304eeddc0SDimitry Andric if (p.first->auxIdx == uint32_t(-1)) 99404eeddc0SDimitry Andric p.first->allocateAux(); 99504eeddc0SDimitry Andric symAux.back().gotIdx = p.second; 99604eeddc0SDimitry Andric } 99704eeddc0SDimitry Andric for (auto &p : primGot->relocs) { 99804eeddc0SDimitry Andric if (p.first->auxIdx == uint32_t(-1)) 99904eeddc0SDimitry Andric p.first->allocateAux(); 100004eeddc0SDimitry Andric symAux.back().gotIdx = p.second; 100104eeddc0SDimitry Andric } 10020b57cec5SDimitry Andric 10030b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Create dynamic relocations. 10040b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (FileGot &got : gots) { 10050b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Create dynamic relocations for TLS entries. 10060b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p : got.tls) { 10070b57cec5SDimitry Andric Symbol *s = p.first; 10080b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t offset = p.second * config->wordsize; 1009fe6060f1SDimitry Andric // When building a shared library we still need a dynamic relocation 1010fe6060f1SDimitry Andric // for the TP-relative offset as we don't know how much other data will 1011fe6060f1SDimitry Andric // be allocated before us in the static TLS block. 1012fe6060f1SDimitry Andric if (s->isPreemptible || config->shared) 1013fe6060f1SDimitry Andric mainPart->relaDyn->addReloc({target->tlsGotRel, this, offset, 1014fe6060f1SDimitry Andric DynamicReloc::AgainstSymbolWithTargetVA, 1015fe6060f1SDimitry Andric *s, 0, R_ABS}); 10160b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 10170b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p : got.dynTlsSymbols) { 10180b57cec5SDimitry Andric Symbol *s = p.first; 10190b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t offset = p.second * config->wordsize; 10200b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (s == nullptr) { 1021fe6060f1SDimitry Andric if (!config->shared) 10220b57cec5SDimitry Andric continue; 1023fe6060f1SDimitry Andric mainPart->relaDyn->addReloc({target->tlsModuleIndexRel, this, offset}); 10240b57cec5SDimitry Andric } else { 10250b57cec5SDimitry Andric // When building a shared library we still need a dynamic relocation 10260b57cec5SDimitry Andric // for the module index. Therefore only checking for 10270b57cec5SDimitry Andric // S->isPreemptible is not sufficient (this happens e.g. for 10280b57cec5SDimitry Andric // thread-locals that have been marked as local through a linker script) 1029fe6060f1SDimitry Andric if (!s->isPreemptible && !config->shared) 10300b57cec5SDimitry Andric continue; 10310eae32dcSDimitry Andric mainPart->relaDyn->addSymbolReloc(target->tlsModuleIndexRel, *this, 1032fe6060f1SDimitry Andric offset, *s); 10330b57cec5SDimitry Andric // However, we can skip writing the TLS offset reloc for non-preemptible 10340b57cec5SDimitry Andric // symbols since it is known even in shared libraries 10350b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!s->isPreemptible) 10360b57cec5SDimitry Andric continue; 10370b57cec5SDimitry Andric offset += config->wordsize; 10380eae32dcSDimitry Andric mainPart->relaDyn->addSymbolReloc(target->tlsOffsetRel, *this, offset, 1039fe6060f1SDimitry Andric *s); 10400b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 10410b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 10420b57cec5SDimitry Andric 10430b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Do not create dynamic relocations for non-TLS 10440b57cec5SDimitry Andric // entries in the primary GOT. 10450b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (&got == primGot) 10460b57cec5SDimitry Andric continue; 10470b57cec5SDimitry Andric 10480b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Dynamic relocations for "global" entries. 10490b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p : got.global) { 10500b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t offset = p.second * config->wordsize; 10510eae32dcSDimitry Andric mainPart->relaDyn->addSymbolReloc(target->relativeRel, *this, offset, 1052fe6060f1SDimitry Andric *p.first); 10530b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 10540b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!config->isPic) 10550b57cec5SDimitry Andric continue; 10560b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Dynamic relocations for "local" entries in case of PIC. 10570b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const std::pair<const OutputSection *, FileGot::PageBlock> &l : 10580b57cec5SDimitry Andric got.pagesMap) { 10590b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t pageCount = l.second.count; 10600b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (size_t pi = 0; pi < pageCount; ++pi) { 10610b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t offset = (l.second.firstIndex + pi) * config->wordsize; 10620b57cec5SDimitry Andric mainPart->relaDyn->addReloc({target->relativeRel, this, offset, l.first, 10630b57cec5SDimitry Andric int64_t(pi * 0x10000)}); 10640b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 10650b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 10660b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const std::pair<GotEntry, size_t> &p : got.local16) { 10670b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t offset = p.second * config->wordsize; 1068fe6060f1SDimitry Andric mainPart->relaDyn->addReloc({target->relativeRel, this, offset, 1069fe6060f1SDimitry Andric DynamicReloc::AddendOnlyWithTargetVA, 1070fe6060f1SDimitry Andric *p.first.first, p.first.second, R_ABS}); 10710b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 10720b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 10730b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 10740b57cec5SDimitry Andric 10750b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool MipsGotSection::isNeeded() const { 10760b57cec5SDimitry Andric // We add the .got section to the result for dynamic MIPS target because 10770b57cec5SDimitry Andric // its address and properties are mentioned in the .dynamic section. 10780b57cec5SDimitry Andric return !config->relocatable; 10790b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 10800b57cec5SDimitry Andric 10810b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t MipsGotSection::getGp(const InputFile *f) const { 10820b57cec5SDimitry Andric // For files without related GOT or files refer a primary GOT 10830b57cec5SDimitry Andric // returns "common" _gp value. For secondary GOTs calculate 10840b57cec5SDimitry Andric // individual _gp values. 10850eae32dcSDimitry Andric if (!f || f->mipsGotIndex == uint32_t(-1) || f->mipsGotIndex == 0) 10860b57cec5SDimitry Andric return ElfSym::mipsGp->getVA(0); 10870eae32dcSDimitry Andric return getVA() + gots[f->mipsGotIndex].startIndex * config->wordsize + 0x7ff0; 10880b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 10890b57cec5SDimitry Andric 10900b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MipsGotSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 10910b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Set the MSB of the second GOT slot. This is not required by any 10920b57cec5SDimitry Andric // MIPS ABI documentation, though. 10930b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 10940b57cec5SDimitry Andric // There is a comment in glibc saying that "The MSB of got[1] of a 10950b57cec5SDimitry Andric // gnu object is set to identify gnu objects," and in GNU gold it 10960b57cec5SDimitry Andric // says "the second entry will be used by some runtime loaders". 10970b57cec5SDimitry Andric // But how this field is being used is unclear. 10980b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 10990b57cec5SDimitry Andric // We are not really willing to mimic other linkers behaviors 11000b57cec5SDimitry Andric // without understanding why they do that, but because all files 11010b57cec5SDimitry Andric // generated by GNU tools have this special GOT value, and because 11020b57cec5SDimitry Andric // we've been doing this for years, it is probably a safe bet to 11030b57cec5SDimitry Andric // keep doing this for now. We really need to revisit this to see 11040b57cec5SDimitry Andric // if we had to do this. 11050b57cec5SDimitry Andric writeUint(buf + config->wordsize, (uint64_t)1 << (config->wordsize * 8 - 1)); 11060b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const FileGot &g : gots) { 11070b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto write = [&](size_t i, const Symbol *s, int64_t a) { 11080b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t va = a; 11090b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (s) 11100b57cec5SDimitry Andric va = s->getVA(a); 11110b57cec5SDimitry Andric writeUint(buf + i * config->wordsize, va); 11120b57cec5SDimitry Andric }; 11130b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write 'page address' entries to the local part of the GOT. 11140b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const std::pair<const OutputSection *, FileGot::PageBlock> &l : 11150b57cec5SDimitry Andric g.pagesMap) { 11160b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t pageCount = l.second.count; 11170b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t firstPageAddr = getMipsPageAddr(l.first->addr); 11180b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (size_t pi = 0; pi < pageCount; ++pi) 11190b57cec5SDimitry Andric write(l.second.firstIndex + pi, nullptr, firstPageAddr + pi * 0x10000); 11200b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 11210b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Local, global, TLS, reloc-only entries. 11220b57cec5SDimitry Andric // If TLS entry has a corresponding dynamic relocations, leave it 11230b57cec5SDimitry Andric // initialized by zero. Write down adjusted TLS symbol's values otherwise. 11240b57cec5SDimitry Andric // To calculate the adjustments use offsets for thread-local storage. 1125fe6060f1SDimitry Andric // http://web.archive.org/web/20190324223224/https://www.linux-mips.org/wiki/NPTL 11260b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const std::pair<GotEntry, size_t> &p : g.local16) 11270b57cec5SDimitry Andric write(p.second, p.first.first, p.first.second); 11280b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write VA to the primary GOT only. For secondary GOTs that 11290b57cec5SDimitry Andric // will be done by REL32 dynamic relocations. 11300b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (&g == &gots.front()) 1131480093f4SDimitry Andric for (const std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p : g.global) 11320b57cec5SDimitry Andric write(p.second, p.first, 0); 11330b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p : g.relocs) 11340b57cec5SDimitry Andric write(p.second, p.first, 0); 11350b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p : g.tls) 1136fe6060f1SDimitry Andric write(p.second, p.first, 1137fe6060f1SDimitry Andric p.first->isPreemptible || config->shared ? 0 : -0x7000); 11380b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const std::pair<Symbol *, size_t> &p : g.dynTlsSymbols) { 1139fe6060f1SDimitry Andric if (p.first == nullptr && !config->shared) 11400b57cec5SDimitry Andric write(p.second, nullptr, 1); 11410b57cec5SDimitry Andric else if (p.first && !p.first->isPreemptible) { 1142349cc55cSDimitry Andric // If we are emitting a shared library with relocations we mustn't write 11430b57cec5SDimitry Andric // anything to the GOT here. When using Elf_Rel relocations the value 11440b57cec5SDimitry Andric // one will be treated as an addend and will cause crashes at runtime 1145fe6060f1SDimitry Andric if (!config->shared) 11460b57cec5SDimitry Andric write(p.second, nullptr, 1); 11470b57cec5SDimitry Andric write(p.second + 1, p.first, -0x8000); 11480b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 11490b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 11500b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 11510b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 11520b57cec5SDimitry Andric 11530b57cec5SDimitry Andric // On PowerPC the .plt section is used to hold the table of function addresses 11540b57cec5SDimitry Andric // instead of the .got.plt, and the type is SHT_NOBITS similar to a .bss 11550b57cec5SDimitry Andric // section. I don't know why we have a BSS style type for the section but it is 1156480093f4SDimitry Andric // consistent across both 64-bit PowerPC ABIs as well as the 32-bit PowerPC ABI. 11570b57cec5SDimitry Andric GotPltSection::GotPltSection() 11580b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, SHT_PROGBITS, config->wordsize, 11590b57cec5SDimitry Andric ".got.plt") { 11600b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->emachine == EM_PPC) { 11610b57cec5SDimitry Andric name = ".plt"; 11620b57cec5SDimitry Andric } else if (config->emachine == EM_PPC64) { 11630b57cec5SDimitry Andric type = SHT_NOBITS; 11640b57cec5SDimitry Andric name = ".plt"; 11650b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 11660b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 11670b57cec5SDimitry Andric 11680b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GotPltSection::addEntry(Symbol &sym) { 116904eeddc0SDimitry Andric assert(sym.auxIdx == symAux.size() - 1 && 117004eeddc0SDimitry Andric symAux.back().pltIdx == entries.size()); 11710b57cec5SDimitry Andric entries.push_back(&sym); 11720b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 11730b57cec5SDimitry Andric 11740b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t GotPltSection::getSize() const { 1175fe6060f1SDimitry Andric return (target->gotPltHeaderEntriesNum + entries.size()) * 1176fe6060f1SDimitry Andric target->gotEntrySize; 11770b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 11780b57cec5SDimitry Andric 11790b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GotPltSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 11800b57cec5SDimitry Andric target->writeGotPltHeader(buf); 1181fe6060f1SDimitry Andric buf += target->gotPltHeaderEntriesNum * target->gotEntrySize; 11820b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const Symbol *b : entries) { 11830b57cec5SDimitry Andric target->writeGotPlt(buf, *b); 1184fe6060f1SDimitry Andric buf += target->gotEntrySize; 11850b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 11860b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 11870b57cec5SDimitry Andric 11880b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool GotPltSection::isNeeded() const { 11890b57cec5SDimitry Andric // We need to emit GOTPLT even if it's empty if there's a relocation relative 11900b57cec5SDimitry Andric // to it. 11910b57cec5SDimitry Andric return !entries.empty() || hasGotPltOffRel; 11920b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 11930b57cec5SDimitry Andric 11940b57cec5SDimitry Andric static StringRef getIgotPltName() { 11950b57cec5SDimitry Andric // On ARM the IgotPltSection is part of the GotSection. 11960b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->emachine == EM_ARM) 11970b57cec5SDimitry Andric return ".got"; 11980b57cec5SDimitry Andric 11990b57cec5SDimitry Andric // On PowerPC64 the GotPltSection is renamed to '.plt' so the IgotPltSection 12000b57cec5SDimitry Andric // needs to be named the same. 12010b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->emachine == EM_PPC64) 12020b57cec5SDimitry Andric return ".plt"; 12030b57cec5SDimitry Andric 12040b57cec5SDimitry Andric return ".got.plt"; 12050b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 12060b57cec5SDimitry Andric 12070b57cec5SDimitry Andric // On PowerPC64 the GotPltSection type is SHT_NOBITS so we have to follow suit 12080b57cec5SDimitry Andric // with the IgotPltSection. 12090b57cec5SDimitry Andric IgotPltSection::IgotPltSection() 12100b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, 12110b57cec5SDimitry Andric config->emachine == EM_PPC64 ? SHT_NOBITS : SHT_PROGBITS, 1212fe6060f1SDimitry Andric target->gotEntrySize, getIgotPltName()) {} 12130b57cec5SDimitry Andric 12140b57cec5SDimitry Andric void IgotPltSection::addEntry(Symbol &sym) { 121504eeddc0SDimitry Andric assert(symAux.back().pltIdx == entries.size()); 12160b57cec5SDimitry Andric entries.push_back(&sym); 12170b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 12180b57cec5SDimitry Andric 12190b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t IgotPltSection::getSize() const { 1220fe6060f1SDimitry Andric return entries.size() * target->gotEntrySize; 12210b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 12220b57cec5SDimitry Andric 12230b57cec5SDimitry Andric void IgotPltSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 12240b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const Symbol *b : entries) { 12250b57cec5SDimitry Andric target->writeIgotPlt(buf, *b); 1226fe6060f1SDimitry Andric buf += target->gotEntrySize; 12270b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 12280b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 12290b57cec5SDimitry Andric 12300b57cec5SDimitry Andric StringTableSection::StringTableSection(StringRef name, bool dynamic) 12310b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(dynamic ? (uint64_t)SHF_ALLOC : 0, SHT_STRTAB, 1, name), 12320b57cec5SDimitry Andric dynamic(dynamic) { 12330b57cec5SDimitry Andric // ELF string tables start with a NUL byte. 12341fd87a68SDimitry Andric strings.push_back(""); 1235d781ede6SDimitry Andric stringMap.try_emplace(CachedHashStringRef(""), 0); 12361fd87a68SDimitry Andric size = 1; 12370b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 12380b57cec5SDimitry Andric 12390b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Adds a string to the string table. If `hashIt` is true we hash and check for 12400b57cec5SDimitry Andric // duplicates. It is optional because the name of global symbols are already 12410b57cec5SDimitry Andric // uniqued and hashing them again has a big cost for a small value: uniquing 12420b57cec5SDimitry Andric // them with some other string that happens to be the same. 12430b57cec5SDimitry Andric unsigned StringTableSection::addString(StringRef s, bool hashIt) { 12440b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (hashIt) { 124504eeddc0SDimitry Andric auto r = stringMap.try_emplace(CachedHashStringRef(s), size); 12460b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!r.second) 12470b57cec5SDimitry Andric return r.first->second; 12480b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 12491fd87a68SDimitry Andric if (s.empty()) 12501fd87a68SDimitry Andric return 0; 12510b57cec5SDimitry Andric unsigned ret = this->size; 12520b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->size = this->size + s.size() + 1; 12530b57cec5SDimitry Andric strings.push_back(s); 12540b57cec5SDimitry Andric return ret; 12550b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 12560b57cec5SDimitry Andric 12570b57cec5SDimitry Andric void StringTableSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 12580b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (StringRef s : strings) { 12590b57cec5SDimitry Andric memcpy(buf, s.data(), s.size()); 12600b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf[s.size()] = '\0'; 12610b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += s.size() + 1; 12620b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 12630b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 12640b57cec5SDimitry Andric 126585868e8aSDimitry Andric // Returns the number of entries in .gnu.version_d: the number of 126685868e8aSDimitry Andric // non-VER_NDX_LOCAL-non-VER_NDX_GLOBAL definitions, plus 1. 126785868e8aSDimitry Andric // Note that we don't support vd_cnt > 1 yet. 126885868e8aSDimitry Andric static unsigned getVerDefNum() { 126985868e8aSDimitry Andric return namedVersionDefs().size() + 1; 127085868e8aSDimitry Andric } 12710b57cec5SDimitry Andric 12720b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> 12730b57cec5SDimitry Andric DynamicSection<ELFT>::DynamicSection() 12740b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, SHT_DYNAMIC, config->wordsize, 12750b57cec5SDimitry Andric ".dynamic") { 12760b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->entsize = ELFT::Is64Bits ? 16 : 8; 12770b57cec5SDimitry Andric 12780b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .dynamic section is not writable on MIPS and on Fuchsia OS 12790b57cec5SDimitry Andric // which passes -z rodynamic. 12800b57cec5SDimitry Andric // See "Special Section" in Chapter 4 in the following document: 12810b57cec5SDimitry Andric // ftp://www.linux-mips.org/pub/linux/mips/doc/ABI/mipsabi.pdf 12820b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->emachine == EM_MIPS || config->zRodynamic) 12830b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->flags = SHF_ALLOC; 12840b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 12850b57cec5SDimitry Andric 128685868e8aSDimitry Andric // The output section .rela.dyn may include these synthetic sections: 128785868e8aSDimitry Andric // 128885868e8aSDimitry Andric // - part.relaDyn 128985868e8aSDimitry Andric // - in.relaIplt: this is included if in.relaIplt is named .rela.dyn 129085868e8aSDimitry Andric // - in.relaPlt: this is included if a linker script places .rela.plt inside 129185868e8aSDimitry Andric // .rela.dyn 129285868e8aSDimitry Andric // 129385868e8aSDimitry Andric // DT_RELASZ is the total size of the included sections. 129404eeddc0SDimitry Andric static uint64_t addRelaSz(const RelocationBaseSection &relaDyn) { 129504eeddc0SDimitry Andric size_t size = relaDyn.getSize(); 129604eeddc0SDimitry Andric if (in.relaIplt->getParent() == relaDyn.getParent()) 129785868e8aSDimitry Andric size += in.relaIplt->getSize(); 129804eeddc0SDimitry Andric if (in.relaPlt->getParent() == relaDyn.getParent()) 129985868e8aSDimitry Andric size += in.relaPlt->getSize(); 130085868e8aSDimitry Andric return size; 130185868e8aSDimitry Andric } 130285868e8aSDimitry Andric 13030b57cec5SDimitry Andric // A Linker script may assign the RELA relocation sections to the same 13040b57cec5SDimitry Andric // output section. When this occurs we cannot just use the OutputSection 13050b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Size. Moreover the [DT_JMPREL, DT_JMPREL + DT_PLTRELSZ) is permitted to 13060b57cec5SDimitry Andric // overlap with the [DT_RELA, DT_RELA + DT_RELASZ). 13070b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint64_t addPltRelSz() { 13080b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t size = in.relaPlt->getSize(); 13090b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (in.relaIplt->getParent() == in.relaPlt->getParent() && 13100b57cec5SDimitry Andric in.relaIplt->name == in.relaPlt->name) 13110b57cec5SDimitry Andric size += in.relaIplt->getSize(); 13120b57cec5SDimitry Andric return size; 13130b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 13140b57cec5SDimitry Andric 13150b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Add remaining entries to complete .dynamic contents. 13164824e7fdSDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> 13174824e7fdSDimitry Andric std::vector<std::pair<int32_t, uint64_t>> 13184824e7fdSDimitry Andric DynamicSection<ELFT>::computeContents() { 13195ffd83dbSDimitry Andric elf::Partition &part = getPartition(); 13200b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool isMain = part.name.empty(); 13214824e7fdSDimitry Andric std::vector<std::pair<int32_t, uint64_t>> entries; 13224824e7fdSDimitry Andric 13234824e7fdSDimitry Andric auto addInt = [&](int32_t tag, uint64_t val) { 13244824e7fdSDimitry Andric entries.emplace_back(tag, val); 13254824e7fdSDimitry Andric }; 13260eae32dcSDimitry Andric auto addInSec = [&](int32_t tag, const InputSection &sec) { 13270eae32dcSDimitry Andric entries.emplace_back(tag, sec.getVA()); 13284824e7fdSDimitry Andric }; 13290b57cec5SDimitry Andric 13300b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (StringRef s : config->filterList) 13310b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_FILTER, part.dynStrTab->addString(s)); 13320b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (StringRef s : config->auxiliaryList) 13330b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_AUXILIARY, part.dynStrTab->addString(s)); 13340b57cec5SDimitry Andric 13350b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!config->rpath.empty()) 13360b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(config->enableNewDtags ? DT_RUNPATH : DT_RPATH, 13370b57cec5SDimitry Andric part.dynStrTab->addString(config->rpath)); 13380b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1339*81ad6265SDimitry Andric for (SharedFile *file : ctx->sharedFiles) 13400b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (file->isNeeded) 13410b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_NEEDED, part.dynStrTab->addString(file->soName)); 13420b57cec5SDimitry Andric 13430b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (isMain) { 13440b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!config->soName.empty()) 13450b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_SONAME, part.dynStrTab->addString(config->soName)); 13460b57cec5SDimitry Andric } else { 13470b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!config->soName.empty()) 13480b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_NEEDED, part.dynStrTab->addString(config->soName)); 13490b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_SONAME, part.dynStrTab->addString(part.name)); 13500b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 13510b57cec5SDimitry Andric 13520b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Set DT_FLAGS and DT_FLAGS_1. 13530b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t dtFlags = 0; 13540b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t dtFlags1 = 0; 13556e75b2fbSDimitry Andric if (config->bsymbolic == BsymbolicKind::All) 13560b57cec5SDimitry Andric dtFlags |= DF_SYMBOLIC; 13570b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->zGlobal) 13580b57cec5SDimitry Andric dtFlags1 |= DF_1_GLOBAL; 13590b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->zInitfirst) 13600b57cec5SDimitry Andric dtFlags1 |= DF_1_INITFIRST; 13610b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->zInterpose) 13620b57cec5SDimitry Andric dtFlags1 |= DF_1_INTERPOSE; 13630b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->zNodefaultlib) 13640b57cec5SDimitry Andric dtFlags1 |= DF_1_NODEFLIB; 13650b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->zNodelete) 13660b57cec5SDimitry Andric dtFlags1 |= DF_1_NODELETE; 13670b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->zNodlopen) 13680b57cec5SDimitry Andric dtFlags1 |= DF_1_NOOPEN; 1369dfd4db93SEd Maste if (config->pie) 1370dfd4db93SEd Maste dtFlags1 |= DF_1_PIE; 13710b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->zNow) { 13720b57cec5SDimitry Andric dtFlags |= DF_BIND_NOW; 13730b57cec5SDimitry Andric dtFlags1 |= DF_1_NOW; 13740b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 13750b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->zOrigin) { 13760b57cec5SDimitry Andric dtFlags |= DF_ORIGIN; 13770b57cec5SDimitry Andric dtFlags1 |= DF_1_ORIGIN; 13780b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 13790b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!config->zText) 13800b57cec5SDimitry Andric dtFlags |= DF_TEXTREL; 13814824e7fdSDimitry Andric if (config->hasTlsIe && config->shared) 13820b57cec5SDimitry Andric dtFlags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; 13830b57cec5SDimitry Andric 13840b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (dtFlags) 13850b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_FLAGS, dtFlags); 13860b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (dtFlags1) 13870b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_FLAGS_1, dtFlags1); 13880b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1389480093f4SDimitry Andric // DT_DEBUG is a pointer to debug information used by debuggers at runtime. We 13900b57cec5SDimitry Andric // need it for each process, so we don't write it for DSOs. The loader writes 13910b57cec5SDimitry Andric // the pointer into this entry. 13920b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 13930b57cec5SDimitry Andric // DT_DEBUG is the only .dynamic entry that needs to be written to. Some 13940b57cec5SDimitry Andric // systems (currently only Fuchsia OS) provide other means to give the 13950b57cec5SDimitry Andric // debugger this information. Such systems may choose make .dynamic read-only. 13960b57cec5SDimitry Andric // If the target is such a system (used -z rodynamic) don't write DT_DEBUG. 13970b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!config->shared && !config->relocatable && !config->zRodynamic) 13980b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_DEBUG, 0); 13990b57cec5SDimitry Andric 140085868e8aSDimitry Andric if (part.relaDyn->isNeeded() || 140185868e8aSDimitry Andric (in.relaIplt->isNeeded() && 140285868e8aSDimitry Andric part.relaDyn->getParent() == in.relaIplt->getParent())) { 14030eae32dcSDimitry Andric addInSec(part.relaDyn->dynamicTag, *part.relaDyn); 140404eeddc0SDimitry Andric entries.emplace_back(part.relaDyn->sizeDynamicTag, 140504eeddc0SDimitry Andric addRelaSz(*part.relaDyn)); 14060b57cec5SDimitry Andric 14070b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool isRela = config->isRela; 14080b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(isRela ? DT_RELAENT : DT_RELENT, 14090b57cec5SDimitry Andric isRela ? sizeof(Elf_Rela) : sizeof(Elf_Rel)); 14100b57cec5SDimitry Andric 14110b57cec5SDimitry Andric // MIPS dynamic loader does not support RELCOUNT tag. 14120b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The problem is in the tight relation between dynamic 14130b57cec5SDimitry Andric // relocations and GOT. So do not emit this tag on MIPS. 14140b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->emachine != EM_MIPS) { 14150b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t numRelativeRels = part.relaDyn->getRelativeRelocCount(); 14160b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->zCombreloc && numRelativeRels) 14170b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(isRela ? DT_RELACOUNT : DT_RELCOUNT, numRelativeRels); 14180b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 14190b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 142004eeddc0SDimitry Andric if (part.relrDyn && part.relrDyn->getParent() && 142104eeddc0SDimitry Andric !part.relrDyn->relocs.empty()) { 14220b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInSec(config->useAndroidRelrTags ? DT_ANDROID_RELR : DT_RELR, 14230eae32dcSDimitry Andric *part.relrDyn); 14244824e7fdSDimitry Andric addInt(config->useAndroidRelrTags ? DT_ANDROID_RELRSZ : DT_RELRSZ, 14254824e7fdSDimitry Andric part.relrDyn->getParent()->size); 14260b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(config->useAndroidRelrTags ? DT_ANDROID_RELRENT : DT_RELRENT, 14270b57cec5SDimitry Andric sizeof(Elf_Relr)); 14280b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 14290b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .rel[a].plt section usually consists of two parts, containing plt and 14300b57cec5SDimitry Andric // iplt relocations. It is possible to have only iplt relocations in the 14310b57cec5SDimitry Andric // output. In that case relaPlt is empty and have zero offset, the same offset 14320b57cec5SDimitry Andric // as relaIplt has. And we still want to emit proper dynamic tags for that 1433480093f4SDimitry Andric // case, so here we always use relaPlt as marker for the beginning of 14340b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .rel[a].plt section. 14350b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (isMain && (in.relaPlt->isNeeded() || in.relaIplt->isNeeded())) { 14360eae32dcSDimitry Andric addInSec(DT_JMPREL, *in.relaPlt); 14374824e7fdSDimitry Andric entries.emplace_back(DT_PLTRELSZ, addPltRelSz()); 14380b57cec5SDimitry Andric switch (config->emachine) { 14390b57cec5SDimitry Andric case EM_MIPS: 14400eae32dcSDimitry Andric addInSec(DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, *in.gotPlt); 14410b57cec5SDimitry Andric break; 14420b57cec5SDimitry Andric case EM_SPARCV9: 14430eae32dcSDimitry Andric addInSec(DT_PLTGOT, *in.plt); 14440b57cec5SDimitry Andric break; 1445e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric case EM_AARCH64: 1446e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric if (llvm::find_if(in.relaPlt->relocs, [](const DynamicReloc &r) { 1447e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric return r.type == target->pltRel && 1448e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric r.sym->stOther & STO_AARCH64_VARIANT_PCS; 1449e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric }) != in.relaPlt->relocs.end()) 1450e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_AARCH64_VARIANT_PCS, 0); 1451e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 14520b57cec5SDimitry Andric default: 14530eae32dcSDimitry Andric addInSec(DT_PLTGOT, *in.gotPlt); 14540b57cec5SDimitry Andric break; 14550b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 14560b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_PLTREL, config->isRela ? DT_RELA : DT_REL); 14570b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 14580b57cec5SDimitry Andric 14590b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->emachine == EM_AARCH64) { 14600b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->andFeatures & GNU_PROPERTY_AARCH64_FEATURE_1_BTI) 14610b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_AARCH64_BTI_PLT, 0); 14625ffd83dbSDimitry Andric if (config->zPacPlt) 14630b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_AARCH64_PAC_PLT, 0); 14640b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 14650b57cec5SDimitry Andric 14660eae32dcSDimitry Andric addInSec(DT_SYMTAB, *part.dynSymTab); 14670b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_SYMENT, sizeof(Elf_Sym)); 14680eae32dcSDimitry Andric addInSec(DT_STRTAB, *part.dynStrTab); 14690b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_STRSZ, part.dynStrTab->getSize()); 14700b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!config->zText) 14710b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_TEXTREL, 0); 147204eeddc0SDimitry Andric if (part.gnuHashTab && part.gnuHashTab->getParent()) 14730eae32dcSDimitry Andric addInSec(DT_GNU_HASH, *part.gnuHashTab); 147404eeddc0SDimitry Andric if (part.hashTab && part.hashTab->getParent()) 14750eae32dcSDimitry Andric addInSec(DT_HASH, *part.hashTab); 14760b57cec5SDimitry Andric 14770b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (isMain) { 14780b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (Out::preinitArray) { 14794824e7fdSDimitry Andric addInt(DT_PREINIT_ARRAY, Out::preinitArray->addr); 14804824e7fdSDimitry Andric addInt(DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ, Out::preinitArray->size); 14810b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 14820b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (Out::initArray) { 14834824e7fdSDimitry Andric addInt(DT_INIT_ARRAY, Out::initArray->addr); 14844824e7fdSDimitry Andric addInt(DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ, Out::initArray->size); 14850b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 14860b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (Out::finiArray) { 14874824e7fdSDimitry Andric addInt(DT_FINI_ARRAY, Out::finiArray->addr); 14884824e7fdSDimitry Andric addInt(DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ, Out::finiArray->size); 14890b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 14900b57cec5SDimitry Andric 14910b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (Symbol *b = symtab->find(config->init)) 14920b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (b->isDefined()) 14934824e7fdSDimitry Andric addInt(DT_INIT, b->getVA()); 14940b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (Symbol *b = symtab->find(config->fini)) 14950b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (b->isDefined()) 14964824e7fdSDimitry Andric addInt(DT_FINI, b->getVA()); 14970b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 14980b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1499480093f4SDimitry Andric if (part.verSym && part.verSym->isNeeded()) 15000eae32dcSDimitry Andric addInSec(DT_VERSYM, *part.verSym); 1501480093f4SDimitry Andric if (part.verDef && part.verDef->isLive()) { 15020eae32dcSDimitry Andric addInSec(DT_VERDEF, *part.verDef); 15030b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_VERDEFNUM, getVerDefNum()); 15040b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 1505480093f4SDimitry Andric if (part.verNeed && part.verNeed->isNeeded()) { 15060eae32dcSDimitry Andric addInSec(DT_VERNEED, *part.verNeed); 15070b57cec5SDimitry Andric unsigned needNum = 0; 1508*81ad6265SDimitry Andric for (SharedFile *f : ctx->sharedFiles) 15090b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!f->vernauxs.empty()) 15100b57cec5SDimitry Andric ++needNum; 15110b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_VERNEEDNUM, needNum); 15120b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 15130b57cec5SDimitry Andric 15140b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->emachine == EM_MIPS) { 15150b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 1); 15160b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_MIPS_FLAGS, RHF_NOTPOT); 15170b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, target->getImageBase()); 15180b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, part.dynSymTab->getNumSymbols()); 15194824e7fdSDimitry Andric addInt(DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, in.mipsGot->getLocalEntriesNum()); 15200b57cec5SDimitry Andric 15210b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (const Symbol *b = in.mipsGot->getFirstGlobalEntry()) 15220b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, b->dynsymIndex); 15230b57cec5SDimitry Andric else 15240b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, part.dynSymTab->getNumSymbols()); 15250eae32dcSDimitry Andric addInSec(DT_PLTGOT, *in.mipsGot); 15260b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (in.mipsRldMap) { 15270b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!config->pie) 15280eae32dcSDimitry Andric addInSec(DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, *in.mipsRldMap); 15290b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Store the offset to the .rld_map section 15300b57cec5SDimitry Andric // relative to the address of the tag. 15314824e7fdSDimitry Andric addInt(DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL, 15324824e7fdSDimitry Andric in.mipsRldMap->getVA() - (getVA() + entries.size() * entsize)); 15330b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 15340b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 15350b57cec5SDimitry Andric 15360b57cec5SDimitry Andric // DT_PPC_GOT indicates to glibc Secure PLT is used. If DT_PPC_GOT is absent, 15370b57cec5SDimitry Andric // glibc assumes the old-style BSS PLT layout which we don't support. 15380b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->emachine == EM_PPC) 15390eae32dcSDimitry Andric addInSec(DT_PPC_GOT, *in.got); 15400b57cec5SDimitry Andric 15410b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Glink dynamic tag is required by the V2 abi if the plt section isn't empty. 15420b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->emachine == EM_PPC64 && in.plt->isNeeded()) { 15430b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The Glink tag points to 32 bytes before the first lazy symbol resolution 15440b57cec5SDimitry Andric // stub, which starts directly after the header. 15454824e7fdSDimitry Andric addInt(DT_PPC64_GLINK, in.plt->getVA() + target->pltHeaderSize - 32); 15460b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 15470b57cec5SDimitry Andric 15480b57cec5SDimitry Andric addInt(DT_NULL, 0); 15494824e7fdSDimitry Andric return entries; 15504824e7fdSDimitry Andric } 15510b57cec5SDimitry Andric 15524824e7fdSDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void DynamicSection<ELFT>::finalizeContents() { 15534824e7fdSDimitry Andric if (OutputSection *sec = getPartition().dynStrTab->getParent()) 15544824e7fdSDimitry Andric getParent()->link = sec->sectionIndex; 15554824e7fdSDimitry Andric this->size = computeContents().size() * this->entsize; 15560b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 15570b57cec5SDimitry Andric 15580b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void DynamicSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 15590b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto *p = reinterpret_cast<Elf_Dyn *>(buf); 15600b57cec5SDimitry Andric 15614824e7fdSDimitry Andric for (std::pair<int32_t, uint64_t> kv : computeContents()) { 15620b57cec5SDimitry Andric p->d_tag = kv.first; 15634824e7fdSDimitry Andric p->d_un.d_val = kv.second; 15640b57cec5SDimitry Andric ++p; 15650b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 15660b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 15670b57cec5SDimitry Andric 15680b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t DynamicReloc::getOffset() const { 15690b57cec5SDimitry Andric return inputSec->getVA(offsetInSec); 15700b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 15710b57cec5SDimitry Andric 15720b57cec5SDimitry Andric int64_t DynamicReloc::computeAddend() const { 1573fe6060f1SDimitry Andric switch (kind) { 1574fe6060f1SDimitry Andric case AddendOnly: 1575fe6060f1SDimitry Andric assert(sym == nullptr); 15760b57cec5SDimitry Andric return addend; 1577fe6060f1SDimitry Andric case AgainstSymbol: 1578fe6060f1SDimitry Andric assert(sym != nullptr); 1579fe6060f1SDimitry Andric return addend; 1580fe6060f1SDimitry Andric case AddendOnlyWithTargetVA: 1581fe6060f1SDimitry Andric case AgainstSymbolWithTargetVA: 1582fe6060f1SDimitry Andric return InputSection::getRelocTargetVA(inputSec->file, type, addend, 1583fe6060f1SDimitry Andric getOffset(), *sym, expr); 1584fe6060f1SDimitry Andric case MipsMultiGotPage: 1585fe6060f1SDimitry Andric assert(sym == nullptr); 15860b57cec5SDimitry Andric return getMipsPageAddr(outputSec->addr) + addend; 15870b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 1588fe6060f1SDimitry Andric llvm_unreachable("Unknown DynamicReloc::Kind enum"); 1589fe6060f1SDimitry Andric } 15900b57cec5SDimitry Andric 15910b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t DynamicReloc::getSymIndex(SymbolTableBaseSection *symTab) const { 1592*81ad6265SDimitry Andric if (!needsDynSymIndex()) 15930b57cec5SDimitry Andric return 0; 1594*81ad6265SDimitry Andric 1595*81ad6265SDimitry Andric size_t index = symTab->getSymbolIndex(sym); 1596*81ad6265SDimitry Andric assert((index != 0 || (type != target->gotRel && type != target->pltRel) || 1597*81ad6265SDimitry Andric !mainPart->dynSymTab->getParent()) && 1598*81ad6265SDimitry Andric "GOT or PLT relocation must refer to symbol in dynamic symbol table"); 1599*81ad6265SDimitry Andric return index; 16000b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 16010b57cec5SDimitry Andric 16020b57cec5SDimitry Andric RelocationBaseSection::RelocationBaseSection(StringRef name, uint32_t type, 16030b57cec5SDimitry Andric int32_t dynamicTag, 16041fd87a68SDimitry Andric int32_t sizeDynamicTag, 16051fd87a68SDimitry Andric bool combreloc) 16060b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, type, config->wordsize, name), 16071fd87a68SDimitry Andric dynamicTag(dynamicTag), sizeDynamicTag(sizeDynamicTag), 16081fd87a68SDimitry Andric combreloc(combreloc) {} 16090b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1610fe6060f1SDimitry Andric void RelocationBaseSection::addSymbolReloc(RelType dynType, 16110eae32dcSDimitry Andric InputSectionBase &isec, 1612fe6060f1SDimitry Andric uint64_t offsetInSec, Symbol &sym, 1613fe6060f1SDimitry Andric int64_t addend, 1614fe6060f1SDimitry Andric Optional<RelType> addendRelType) { 1615fe6060f1SDimitry Andric addReloc(DynamicReloc::AgainstSymbol, dynType, isec, offsetInSec, sym, addend, 1616fe6060f1SDimitry Andric R_ADDEND, addendRelType ? *addendRelType : target->noneRel); 16170b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 16180b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1619fe6060f1SDimitry Andric void RelocationBaseSection::addRelativeReloc( 16200eae32dcSDimitry Andric RelType dynType, InputSectionBase &inputSec, uint64_t offsetInSec, 1621fe6060f1SDimitry Andric Symbol &sym, int64_t addend, RelType addendRelType, RelExpr expr) { 1622fe6060f1SDimitry Andric // This function should only be called for non-preemptible symbols or 1623fe6060f1SDimitry Andric // RelExpr values that refer to an address inside the output file (e.g. the 1624fe6060f1SDimitry Andric // address of the GOT entry for a potentially preemptible symbol). 1625fe6060f1SDimitry Andric assert((!sym.isPreemptible || expr == R_GOT) && 1626fe6060f1SDimitry Andric "cannot add relative relocation against preemptible symbol"); 1627fe6060f1SDimitry Andric assert(expr != R_ADDEND && "expected non-addend relocation expression"); 1628fe6060f1SDimitry Andric addReloc(DynamicReloc::AddendOnlyWithTargetVA, dynType, inputSec, offsetInSec, 1629fe6060f1SDimitry Andric sym, addend, expr, addendRelType); 1630fe6060f1SDimitry Andric } 1631fe6060f1SDimitry Andric 1632fe6060f1SDimitry Andric void RelocationBaseSection::addAddendOnlyRelocIfNonPreemptible( 16330eae32dcSDimitry Andric RelType dynType, InputSectionBase &isec, uint64_t offsetInSec, Symbol &sym, 1634fe6060f1SDimitry Andric RelType addendRelType) { 1635fe6060f1SDimitry Andric // No need to write an addend to the section for preemptible symbols. 1636fe6060f1SDimitry Andric if (sym.isPreemptible) 16370eae32dcSDimitry Andric addReloc({dynType, &isec, offsetInSec, DynamicReloc::AgainstSymbol, sym, 0, 1638fe6060f1SDimitry Andric R_ABS}); 1639fe6060f1SDimitry Andric else 1640fe6060f1SDimitry Andric addReloc(DynamicReloc::AddendOnlyWithTargetVA, dynType, isec, offsetInSec, 1641fe6060f1SDimitry Andric sym, 0, R_ABS, addendRelType); 1642fe6060f1SDimitry Andric } 1643fe6060f1SDimitry Andric 1644fe6060f1SDimitry Andric void RelocationBaseSection::addReloc(DynamicReloc::Kind kind, RelType dynType, 16450eae32dcSDimitry Andric InputSectionBase &inputSec, 1646fe6060f1SDimitry Andric uint64_t offsetInSec, Symbol &sym, 16470b57cec5SDimitry Andric int64_t addend, RelExpr expr, 1648fe6060f1SDimitry Andric RelType addendRelType) { 16490b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write the addends to the relocated address if required. We skip 16500b57cec5SDimitry Andric // it if the written value would be zero. 16510b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->writeAddends && (expr != R_ADDEND || addend != 0)) 16520eae32dcSDimitry Andric inputSec.relocations.push_back( 1653fe6060f1SDimitry Andric {expr, addendRelType, offsetInSec, addend, &sym}); 16540eae32dcSDimitry Andric addReloc({dynType, &inputSec, offsetInSec, kind, sym, addend, expr}); 16550b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 16560b57cec5SDimitry Andric 16571fd87a68SDimitry Andric void RelocationBaseSection::partitionRels() { 16581fd87a68SDimitry Andric if (!combreloc) 16591fd87a68SDimitry Andric return; 16601fd87a68SDimitry Andric const RelType relativeRel = target->relativeRel; 16611fd87a68SDimitry Andric numRelativeRelocs = 16621fd87a68SDimitry Andric llvm::partition(relocs, [=](auto &r) { return r.type == relativeRel; }) - 16631fd87a68SDimitry Andric relocs.begin(); 16640b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 16650b57cec5SDimitry Andric 16660b57cec5SDimitry Andric void RelocationBaseSection::finalizeContents() { 166704eeddc0SDimitry Andric SymbolTableBaseSection *symTab = getPartition().dynSymTab.get(); 16680b57cec5SDimitry Andric 16690b57cec5SDimitry Andric // When linking glibc statically, .rel{,a}.plt contains R_*_IRELATIVE 16700b57cec5SDimitry Andric // relocations due to IFUNC (e.g. strcpy). sh_link will be set to 0 in that 16710b57cec5SDimitry Andric // case. 16720b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (symTab && symTab->getParent()) 16730b57cec5SDimitry Andric getParent()->link = symTab->getParent()->sectionIndex; 16740b57cec5SDimitry Andric else 16750b57cec5SDimitry Andric getParent()->link = 0; 16760b57cec5SDimitry Andric 167704eeddc0SDimitry Andric if (in.relaPlt.get() == this && in.gotPlt->getParent()) { 1678e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric getParent()->flags |= ELF::SHF_INFO_LINK; 16790b57cec5SDimitry Andric getParent()->info = in.gotPlt->getParent()->sectionIndex; 1680e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric } 168104eeddc0SDimitry Andric if (in.relaIplt.get() == this && in.igotPlt->getParent()) { 1682e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric getParent()->flags |= ELF::SHF_INFO_LINK; 16830b57cec5SDimitry Andric getParent()->info = in.igotPlt->getParent()->sectionIndex; 16840b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 1685e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric } 16860b57cec5SDimitry Andric 16870eae32dcSDimitry Andric void DynamicReloc::computeRaw(SymbolTableBaseSection *symtab) { 16880eae32dcSDimitry Andric r_offset = getOffset(); 16890eae32dcSDimitry Andric r_sym = getSymIndex(symtab); 16900eae32dcSDimitry Andric addend = computeAddend(); 16910eae32dcSDimitry Andric kind = AddendOnly; // Catch errors 16920b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 16930b57cec5SDimitry Andric 16941fd87a68SDimitry Andric void RelocationBaseSection::computeRels() { 169504eeddc0SDimitry Andric SymbolTableBaseSection *symTab = getPartition().dynSymTab.get(); 16960eae32dcSDimitry Andric parallelForEach(relocs, 16970eae32dcSDimitry Andric [symTab](DynamicReloc &rel) { rel.computeRaw(symTab); }); 16980b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Sort by (!IsRelative,SymIndex,r_offset). DT_REL[A]COUNT requires us to 16990b57cec5SDimitry Andric // place R_*_RELATIVE first. SymIndex is to improve locality, while r_offset 17000b57cec5SDimitry Andric // is to make results easier to read. 17011fd87a68SDimitry Andric if (combreloc) { 17021fd87a68SDimitry Andric auto nonRelative = relocs.begin() + numRelativeRelocs; 170304eeddc0SDimitry Andric parallelSort(relocs.begin(), nonRelative, 170404eeddc0SDimitry Andric [&](auto &a, auto &b) { return a.r_offset < b.r_offset; }); 170504eeddc0SDimitry Andric // Non-relative relocations are few, so don't bother with parallelSort. 170604eeddc0SDimitry Andric std::sort(nonRelative, relocs.end(), [&](auto &a, auto &b) { 170704eeddc0SDimitry Andric return std::tie(a.r_sym, a.r_offset) < std::tie(b.r_sym, b.r_offset); 17080b57cec5SDimitry Andric }); 17090eae32dcSDimitry Andric } 17101fd87a68SDimitry Andric } 17110b57cec5SDimitry Andric 17121fd87a68SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> 17131fd87a68SDimitry Andric RelocationSection<ELFT>::RelocationSection(StringRef name, bool combreloc) 17141fd87a68SDimitry Andric : RelocationBaseSection(name, config->isRela ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL, 17151fd87a68SDimitry Andric config->isRela ? DT_RELA : DT_REL, 17161fd87a68SDimitry Andric config->isRela ? DT_RELASZ : DT_RELSZ, combreloc) { 17171fd87a68SDimitry Andric this->entsize = config->isRela ? sizeof(Elf_Rela) : sizeof(Elf_Rel); 17181fd87a68SDimitry Andric } 17191fd87a68SDimitry Andric 17201fd87a68SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void RelocationSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 17211fd87a68SDimitry Andric computeRels(); 17220b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const DynamicReloc &rel : relocs) { 17231fd87a68SDimitry Andric auto *p = reinterpret_cast<Elf_Rela *>(buf); 17241fd87a68SDimitry Andric p->r_offset = rel.r_offset; 17251fd87a68SDimitry Andric p->setSymbolAndType(rel.r_sym, rel.type, config->isMips64EL); 17261fd87a68SDimitry Andric if (config->isRela) 17271fd87a68SDimitry Andric p->r_addend = rel.addend; 17280b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += config->isRela ? sizeof(Elf_Rela) : sizeof(Elf_Rel); 17290b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 17300b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 17310b57cec5SDimitry Andric 17321fd87a68SDimitry Andric RelrBaseSection::RelrBaseSection() 17331fd87a68SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, 17341fd87a68SDimitry Andric config->useAndroidRelrTags ? SHT_ANDROID_RELR : SHT_RELR, 17351fd87a68SDimitry Andric config->wordsize, ".relr.dyn") {} 17361fd87a68SDimitry Andric 17370b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> 17380b57cec5SDimitry Andric AndroidPackedRelocationSection<ELFT>::AndroidPackedRelocationSection( 17390b57cec5SDimitry Andric StringRef name) 17400b57cec5SDimitry Andric : RelocationBaseSection( 17410b57cec5SDimitry Andric name, config->isRela ? SHT_ANDROID_RELA : SHT_ANDROID_REL, 17420b57cec5SDimitry Andric config->isRela ? DT_ANDROID_RELA : DT_ANDROID_REL, 17431fd87a68SDimitry Andric config->isRela ? DT_ANDROID_RELASZ : DT_ANDROID_RELSZ, 17441fd87a68SDimitry Andric /*combreloc=*/false) { 17450b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->entsize = 1; 17460b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 17470b57cec5SDimitry Andric 17480b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> 17490b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool AndroidPackedRelocationSection<ELFT>::updateAllocSize() { 17500b57cec5SDimitry Andric // This function computes the contents of an Android-format packed relocation 17510b57cec5SDimitry Andric // section. 17520b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 17530b57cec5SDimitry Andric // This format compresses relocations by using relocation groups to factor out 17540b57cec5SDimitry Andric // fields that are common between relocations and storing deltas from previous 17550b57cec5SDimitry Andric // relocations in SLEB128 format (which has a short representation for small 17560b57cec5SDimitry Andric // numbers). A good example of a relocation type with common fields is 17570b57cec5SDimitry Andric // R_*_RELATIVE, which is normally used to represent function pointers in 17580b57cec5SDimitry Andric // vtables. In the REL format, each relative relocation has the same r_info 17590b57cec5SDimitry Andric // field, and is only different from other relative relocations in terms of 17600b57cec5SDimitry Andric // the r_offset field. By sorting relocations by offset, grouping them by 17610b57cec5SDimitry Andric // r_info and representing each relocation with only the delta from the 17620b57cec5SDimitry Andric // previous offset, each 8-byte relocation can be compressed to as little as 1 17630b57cec5SDimitry Andric // byte (or less with run-length encoding). This relocation packer was able to 17640b57cec5SDimitry Andric // reduce the size of the relocation section in an Android Chromium DSO from 17650b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 2,911,184 bytes to 174,693 bytes, or 6% of the original size. 17660b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 17670b57cec5SDimitry Andric // A relocation section consists of a header containing the literal bytes 17680b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 'APS2' followed by a sequence of SLEB128-encoded integers. The first two 17690b57cec5SDimitry Andric // elements are the total number of relocations in the section and an initial 17700b57cec5SDimitry Andric // r_offset value. The remaining elements define a sequence of relocation 17710b57cec5SDimitry Andric // groups. Each relocation group starts with a header consisting of the 17720b57cec5SDimitry Andric // following elements: 17730b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 17740b57cec5SDimitry Andric // - the number of relocations in the relocation group 17750b57cec5SDimitry Andric // - flags for the relocation group 17760b57cec5SDimitry Andric // - (if RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_OFFSET_DELTA_FLAG is set) the r_offset delta 17770b57cec5SDimitry Andric // for each relocation in the group. 17780b57cec5SDimitry Andric // - (if RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_INFO_FLAG is set) the value of the r_info 17790b57cec5SDimitry Andric // field for each relocation in the group. 17800b57cec5SDimitry Andric // - (if RELOCATION_GROUP_HAS_ADDEND_FLAG and 17810b57cec5SDimitry Andric // RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_ADDEND_FLAG are set) the r_addend delta for 17820b57cec5SDimitry Andric // each relocation in the group. 17830b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 17840b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Following the relocation group header are descriptions of each of the 17850b57cec5SDimitry Andric // relocations in the group. They consist of the following elements: 17860b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 17870b57cec5SDimitry Andric // - (if RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_OFFSET_DELTA_FLAG is not set) the r_offset 17880b57cec5SDimitry Andric // delta for this relocation. 17890b57cec5SDimitry Andric // - (if RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_INFO_FLAG is not set) the value of the r_info 17900b57cec5SDimitry Andric // field for this relocation. 17910b57cec5SDimitry Andric // - (if RELOCATION_GROUP_HAS_ADDEND_FLAG is set and 17920b57cec5SDimitry Andric // RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_ADDEND_FLAG is not set) the r_addend delta for 17930b57cec5SDimitry Andric // this relocation. 17940b57cec5SDimitry Andric 17950b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t oldSize = relocData.size(); 17960b57cec5SDimitry Andric 17970b57cec5SDimitry Andric relocData = {'A', 'P', 'S', '2'}; 17980b57cec5SDimitry Andric raw_svector_ostream os(relocData); 17990b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto add = [&](int64_t v) { encodeSLEB128(v, os); }; 18000b57cec5SDimitry Andric 18010b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The format header includes the number of relocations and the initial 18020b57cec5SDimitry Andric // offset (we set this to zero because the first relocation group will 18030b57cec5SDimitry Andric // perform the initial adjustment). 18040b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(relocs.size()); 18050b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(0); 18060b57cec5SDimitry Andric 18070b57cec5SDimitry Andric std::vector<Elf_Rela> relatives, nonRelatives; 18080b57cec5SDimitry Andric 18090b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const DynamicReloc &rel : relocs) { 18100b57cec5SDimitry Andric Elf_Rela r; 18110eae32dcSDimitry Andric r.r_offset = rel.getOffset(); 181204eeddc0SDimitry Andric r.setSymbolAndType(rel.getSymIndex(getPartition().dynSymTab.get()), 181304eeddc0SDimitry Andric rel.type, false); 18140eae32dcSDimitry Andric if (config->isRela) 18150eae32dcSDimitry Andric r.r_addend = rel.computeAddend(); 18160b57cec5SDimitry Andric 18170b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (r.getType(config->isMips64EL) == target->relativeRel) 18180b57cec5SDimitry Andric relatives.push_back(r); 18190b57cec5SDimitry Andric else 18200b57cec5SDimitry Andric nonRelatives.push_back(r); 18210b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 18220b57cec5SDimitry Andric 18230b57cec5SDimitry Andric llvm::sort(relatives, [](const Elf_Rel &a, const Elf_Rel &b) { 18240b57cec5SDimitry Andric return a.r_offset < b.r_offset; 18250b57cec5SDimitry Andric }); 18260b57cec5SDimitry Andric 18270b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Try to find groups of relative relocations which are spaced one word 18280b57cec5SDimitry Andric // apart from one another. These generally correspond to vtable entries. The 18290b57cec5SDimitry Andric // format allows these groups to be encoded using a sort of run-length 18300b57cec5SDimitry Andric // encoding, but each group will cost 7 bytes in addition to the offset from 18310b57cec5SDimitry Andric // the previous group, so it is only profitable to do this for groups of 18320b57cec5SDimitry Andric // size 8 or larger. 18330b57cec5SDimitry Andric std::vector<Elf_Rela> ungroupedRelatives; 18340b57cec5SDimitry Andric std::vector<std::vector<Elf_Rela>> relativeGroups; 18350b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (auto i = relatives.begin(), e = relatives.end(); i != e;) { 18360b57cec5SDimitry Andric std::vector<Elf_Rela> group; 18370b57cec5SDimitry Andric do { 18380b57cec5SDimitry Andric group.push_back(*i++); 18390b57cec5SDimitry Andric } while (i != e && (i - 1)->r_offset + config->wordsize == i->r_offset); 18400b57cec5SDimitry Andric 18410b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (group.size() < 8) 18420b57cec5SDimitry Andric ungroupedRelatives.insert(ungroupedRelatives.end(), group.begin(), 18430b57cec5SDimitry Andric group.end()); 18440b57cec5SDimitry Andric else 18450b57cec5SDimitry Andric relativeGroups.emplace_back(std::move(group)); 18460b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 18470b57cec5SDimitry Andric 184885868e8aSDimitry Andric // For non-relative relocations, we would like to: 184985868e8aSDimitry Andric // 1. Have relocations with the same symbol offset to be consecutive, so 185085868e8aSDimitry Andric // that the runtime linker can speed-up symbol lookup by implementing an 185185868e8aSDimitry Andric // 1-entry cache. 185285868e8aSDimitry Andric // 2. Group relocations by r_info to reduce the size of the relocation 185385868e8aSDimitry Andric // section. 185485868e8aSDimitry Andric // Since the symbol offset is the high bits in r_info, sorting by r_info 185585868e8aSDimitry Andric // allows us to do both. 185685868e8aSDimitry Andric // 185785868e8aSDimitry Andric // For Rela, we also want to sort by r_addend when r_info is the same. This 185885868e8aSDimitry Andric // enables us to group by r_addend as well. 185985868e8aSDimitry Andric llvm::stable_sort(nonRelatives, [](const Elf_Rela &a, const Elf_Rela &b) { 186085868e8aSDimitry Andric if (a.r_info != b.r_info) 186185868e8aSDimitry Andric return a.r_info < b.r_info; 186285868e8aSDimitry Andric if (config->isRela) 186385868e8aSDimitry Andric return a.r_addend < b.r_addend; 186485868e8aSDimitry Andric return false; 186585868e8aSDimitry Andric }); 186685868e8aSDimitry Andric 186785868e8aSDimitry Andric // Group relocations with the same r_info. Note that each group emits a group 186885868e8aSDimitry Andric // header and that may make the relocation section larger. It is hard to 186985868e8aSDimitry Andric // estimate the size of a group header as the encoded size of that varies 187085868e8aSDimitry Andric // based on r_info. However, we can approximate this trade-off by the number 187185868e8aSDimitry Andric // of values encoded. Each group header contains 3 values, and each relocation 187285868e8aSDimitry Andric // in a group encodes one less value, as compared to when it is not grouped. 187385868e8aSDimitry Andric // Therefore, we only group relocations if there are 3 or more of them with 187485868e8aSDimitry Andric // the same r_info. 187585868e8aSDimitry Andric // 187685868e8aSDimitry Andric // For Rela, the addend for most non-relative relocations is zero, and thus we 187785868e8aSDimitry Andric // can usually get a smaller relocation section if we group relocations with 0 187885868e8aSDimitry Andric // addend as well. 187985868e8aSDimitry Andric std::vector<Elf_Rela> ungroupedNonRelatives; 188085868e8aSDimitry Andric std::vector<std::vector<Elf_Rela>> nonRelativeGroups; 188185868e8aSDimitry Andric for (auto i = nonRelatives.begin(), e = nonRelatives.end(); i != e;) { 188285868e8aSDimitry Andric auto j = i + 1; 188385868e8aSDimitry Andric while (j != e && i->r_info == j->r_info && 188485868e8aSDimitry Andric (!config->isRela || i->r_addend == j->r_addend)) 188585868e8aSDimitry Andric ++j; 188685868e8aSDimitry Andric if (j - i < 3 || (config->isRela && i->r_addend != 0)) 188785868e8aSDimitry Andric ungroupedNonRelatives.insert(ungroupedNonRelatives.end(), i, j); 188885868e8aSDimitry Andric else 188985868e8aSDimitry Andric nonRelativeGroups.emplace_back(i, j); 189085868e8aSDimitry Andric i = j; 189185868e8aSDimitry Andric } 189285868e8aSDimitry Andric 189385868e8aSDimitry Andric // Sort ungrouped relocations by offset to minimize the encoded length. 189485868e8aSDimitry Andric llvm::sort(ungroupedNonRelatives, [](const Elf_Rela &a, const Elf_Rela &b) { 189585868e8aSDimitry Andric return a.r_offset < b.r_offset; 189685868e8aSDimitry Andric }); 189785868e8aSDimitry Andric 18980b57cec5SDimitry Andric unsigned hasAddendIfRela = 18990b57cec5SDimitry Andric config->isRela ? RELOCATION_GROUP_HAS_ADDEND_FLAG : 0; 19000b57cec5SDimitry Andric 19010b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t offset = 0; 19020b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t addend = 0; 19030b57cec5SDimitry Andric 19040b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Emit the run-length encoding for the groups of adjacent relative 19050b57cec5SDimitry Andric // relocations. Each group is represented using two groups in the packed 19060b57cec5SDimitry Andric // format. The first is used to set the current offset to the start of the 19070b57cec5SDimitry Andric // group (and also encodes the first relocation), and the second encodes the 19080b57cec5SDimitry Andric // remaining relocations. 19090b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (std::vector<Elf_Rela> &g : relativeGroups) { 19100b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The first relocation in the group. 19110b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(1); 19120b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_OFFSET_DELTA_FLAG | 19130b57cec5SDimitry Andric RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_INFO_FLAG | hasAddendIfRela); 19140b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(g[0].r_offset - offset); 19150b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(target->relativeRel); 19160b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->isRela) { 19170b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(g[0].r_addend - addend); 19180b57cec5SDimitry Andric addend = g[0].r_addend; 19190b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 19200b57cec5SDimitry Andric 19210b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The remaining relocations. 19220b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(g.size() - 1); 19230b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_OFFSET_DELTA_FLAG | 19240b57cec5SDimitry Andric RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_INFO_FLAG | hasAddendIfRela); 19250b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(config->wordsize); 19260b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(target->relativeRel); 19270b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->isRela) { 19280b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (auto i = g.begin() + 1, e = g.end(); i != e; ++i) { 19290b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(i->r_addend - addend); 19300b57cec5SDimitry Andric addend = i->r_addend; 19310b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 19320b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 19330b57cec5SDimitry Andric 19340b57cec5SDimitry Andric offset = g.back().r_offset; 19350b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 19360b57cec5SDimitry Andric 19370b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Now the ungrouped relatives. 19380b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!ungroupedRelatives.empty()) { 19390b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(ungroupedRelatives.size()); 19400b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_INFO_FLAG | hasAddendIfRela); 19410b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(target->relativeRel); 19420b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (Elf_Rela &r : ungroupedRelatives) { 19430b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(r.r_offset - offset); 19440b57cec5SDimitry Andric offset = r.r_offset; 19450b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->isRela) { 19460b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(r.r_addend - addend); 19470b57cec5SDimitry Andric addend = r.r_addend; 19480b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 19490b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 19500b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 19510b57cec5SDimitry Andric 195285868e8aSDimitry Andric // Grouped non-relatives. 195385868e8aSDimitry Andric for (ArrayRef<Elf_Rela> g : nonRelativeGroups) { 195485868e8aSDimitry Andric add(g.size()); 195585868e8aSDimitry Andric add(RELOCATION_GROUPED_BY_INFO_FLAG); 195685868e8aSDimitry Andric add(g[0].r_info); 195785868e8aSDimitry Andric for (const Elf_Rela &r : g) { 195885868e8aSDimitry Andric add(r.r_offset - offset); 195985868e8aSDimitry Andric offset = r.r_offset; 196085868e8aSDimitry Andric } 196185868e8aSDimitry Andric addend = 0; 196285868e8aSDimitry Andric } 196385868e8aSDimitry Andric 196485868e8aSDimitry Andric // Finally the ungrouped non-relative relocations. 196585868e8aSDimitry Andric if (!ungroupedNonRelatives.empty()) { 196685868e8aSDimitry Andric add(ungroupedNonRelatives.size()); 19670b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(hasAddendIfRela); 196885868e8aSDimitry Andric for (Elf_Rela &r : ungroupedNonRelatives) { 19690b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(r.r_offset - offset); 19700b57cec5SDimitry Andric offset = r.r_offset; 19710b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(r.r_info); 19720b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->isRela) { 19730b57cec5SDimitry Andric add(r.r_addend - addend); 19740b57cec5SDimitry Andric addend = r.r_addend; 19750b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 19760b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 19770b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 19780b57cec5SDimitry Andric 19790b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Don't allow the section to shrink; otherwise the size of the section can 19800b57cec5SDimitry Andric // oscillate infinitely. 19810b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (relocData.size() < oldSize) 19820b57cec5SDimitry Andric relocData.append(oldSize - relocData.size(), 0); 19830b57cec5SDimitry Andric 19840b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Returns whether the section size changed. We need to keep recomputing both 19850b57cec5SDimitry Andric // section layout and the contents of this section until the size converges 19860b57cec5SDimitry Andric // because changing this section's size can affect section layout, which in 19870b57cec5SDimitry Andric // turn can affect the sizes of the LEB-encoded integers stored in this 19880b57cec5SDimitry Andric // section. 19890b57cec5SDimitry Andric return relocData.size() != oldSize; 19900b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 19910b57cec5SDimitry Andric 19920b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> RelrSection<ELFT>::RelrSection() { 19930b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->entsize = config->wordsize; 19940b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 19950b57cec5SDimitry Andric 19960b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> bool RelrSection<ELFT>::updateAllocSize() { 19970b57cec5SDimitry Andric // This function computes the contents of an SHT_RELR packed relocation 19980b57cec5SDimitry Andric // section. 19990b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 20000b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Proposal for adding SHT_RELR sections to generic-abi is here: 20010b57cec5SDimitry Andric // https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/generic-abi/bX460iggiKg 20020b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 20030b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The encoded sequence of Elf64_Relr entries in a SHT_RELR section looks 20040b57cec5SDimitry Andric // like [ AAAAAAAA BBBBBBB1 BBBBBBB1 ... AAAAAAAA BBBBBB1 ... ] 20050b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 20060b57cec5SDimitry Andric // i.e. start with an address, followed by any number of bitmaps. The address 20070b57cec5SDimitry Andric // entry encodes 1 relocation. The subsequent bitmap entries encode up to 63 20080b57cec5SDimitry Andric // relocations each, at subsequent offsets following the last address entry. 20090b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 20100b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The bitmap entries must have 1 in the least significant bit. The assumption 20110b57cec5SDimitry Andric // here is that an address cannot have 1 in lsb. Odd addresses are not 20120b57cec5SDimitry Andric // supported. 20130b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 20140b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Excluding the least significant bit in the bitmap, each non-zero bit in 20150b57cec5SDimitry Andric // the bitmap represents a relocation to be applied to a corresponding machine 20160b57cec5SDimitry Andric // word that follows the base address word. The second least significant bit 20170b57cec5SDimitry Andric // represents the machine word immediately following the initial address, and 20180b57cec5SDimitry Andric // each bit that follows represents the next word, in linear order. As such, 20190b57cec5SDimitry Andric // a single bitmap can encode up to 31 relocations in a 32-bit object, and 20200b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 63 relocations in a 64-bit object. 20210b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 20220b57cec5SDimitry Andric // This encoding has a couple of interesting properties: 20230b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 1. Looking at any entry, it is clear whether it's an address or a bitmap: 20240b57cec5SDimitry Andric // even means address, odd means bitmap. 20250b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 2. Just a simple list of addresses is a valid encoding. 20260b57cec5SDimitry Andric 20270b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t oldSize = relrRelocs.size(); 20280b57cec5SDimitry Andric relrRelocs.clear(); 20290b57cec5SDimitry Andric 20300b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Same as Config->Wordsize but faster because this is a compile-time 20310b57cec5SDimitry Andric // constant. 20320b57cec5SDimitry Andric const size_t wordsize = sizeof(typename ELFT::uint); 20330b57cec5SDimitry Andric 20340b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Number of bits to use for the relocation offsets bitmap. 20350b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Must be either 63 or 31. 20360b57cec5SDimitry Andric const size_t nBits = wordsize * 8 - 1; 20370b57cec5SDimitry Andric 20380b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Get offsets for all relative relocations and sort them. 203904eeddc0SDimitry Andric std::unique_ptr<uint64_t[]> offsets(new uint64_t[relocs.size()]); 204004eeddc0SDimitry Andric for (auto it : llvm::enumerate(relocs)) 204104eeddc0SDimitry Andric offsets[it.index()] = it.value().getOffset(); 204204eeddc0SDimitry Andric std::sort(offsets.get(), offsets.get() + relocs.size()); 20430b57cec5SDimitry Andric 20440b57cec5SDimitry Andric // For each leading relocation, find following ones that can be folded 20450b57cec5SDimitry Andric // as a bitmap and fold them. 204604eeddc0SDimitry Andric for (size_t i = 0, e = relocs.size(); i != e;) { 20470b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Add a leading relocation. 20480b57cec5SDimitry Andric relrRelocs.push_back(Elf_Relr(offsets[i])); 20490b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t base = offsets[i] + wordsize; 20500b57cec5SDimitry Andric ++i; 20510b57cec5SDimitry Andric 20520b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Find foldable relocations to construct bitmaps. 205304eeddc0SDimitry Andric for (;;) { 20540b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t bitmap = 0; 205504eeddc0SDimitry Andric for (; i != e; ++i) { 205604eeddc0SDimitry Andric uint64_t d = offsets[i] - base; 205704eeddc0SDimitry Andric if (d >= nBits * wordsize || d % wordsize) 20580b57cec5SDimitry Andric break; 205904eeddc0SDimitry Andric bitmap |= uint64_t(1) << (d / wordsize); 20600b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 20610b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!bitmap) 20620b57cec5SDimitry Andric break; 20630b57cec5SDimitry Andric relrRelocs.push_back(Elf_Relr((bitmap << 1) | 1)); 20640b57cec5SDimitry Andric base += nBits * wordsize; 20650b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 20660b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 20670b57cec5SDimitry Andric 206885868e8aSDimitry Andric // Don't allow the section to shrink; otherwise the size of the section can 206985868e8aSDimitry Andric // oscillate infinitely. Trailing 1s do not decode to more relocations. 207085868e8aSDimitry Andric if (relrRelocs.size() < oldSize) { 207185868e8aSDimitry Andric log(".relr.dyn needs " + Twine(oldSize - relrRelocs.size()) + 207285868e8aSDimitry Andric " padding word(s)"); 207385868e8aSDimitry Andric relrRelocs.resize(oldSize, Elf_Relr(1)); 207485868e8aSDimitry Andric } 207585868e8aSDimitry Andric 20760b57cec5SDimitry Andric return relrRelocs.size() != oldSize; 20770b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 20780b57cec5SDimitry Andric 20790b57cec5SDimitry Andric SymbolTableBaseSection::SymbolTableBaseSection(StringTableSection &strTabSec) 20800b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(strTabSec.isDynamic() ? (uint64_t)SHF_ALLOC : 0, 20810b57cec5SDimitry Andric strTabSec.isDynamic() ? SHT_DYNSYM : SHT_SYMTAB, 20820b57cec5SDimitry Andric config->wordsize, 20830b57cec5SDimitry Andric strTabSec.isDynamic() ? ".dynsym" : ".symtab"), 20840b57cec5SDimitry Andric strTabSec(strTabSec) {} 20850b57cec5SDimitry Andric 20860b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Orders symbols according to their positions in the GOT, 20870b57cec5SDimitry Andric // in compliance with MIPS ABI rules. 20880b57cec5SDimitry Andric // See "Global Offset Table" in Chapter 5 in the following document 20890b57cec5SDimitry Andric // for detailed description: 20900b57cec5SDimitry Andric // ftp://www.linux-mips.org/pub/linux/mips/doc/ABI/mipsabi.pdf 20910b57cec5SDimitry Andric static bool sortMipsSymbols(const SymbolTableEntry &l, 20920b57cec5SDimitry Andric const SymbolTableEntry &r) { 20930b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Sort entries related to non-local preemptible symbols by GOT indexes. 20940b57cec5SDimitry Andric // All other entries go to the beginning of a dynsym in arbitrary order. 20950b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (l.sym->isInGot() && r.sym->isInGot()) 209604eeddc0SDimitry Andric return l.sym->getGotIdx() < r.sym->getGotIdx(); 20970b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!l.sym->isInGot() && !r.sym->isInGot()) 20980b57cec5SDimitry Andric return false; 20990b57cec5SDimitry Andric return !l.sym->isInGot(); 21000b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 21010b57cec5SDimitry Andric 21020b57cec5SDimitry Andric void SymbolTableBaseSection::finalizeContents() { 21030b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (OutputSection *sec = strTabSec.getParent()) 21040b57cec5SDimitry Andric getParent()->link = sec->sectionIndex; 21050b57cec5SDimitry Andric 21060b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (this->type != SHT_DYNSYM) { 21070b57cec5SDimitry Andric sortSymTabSymbols(); 21080b57cec5SDimitry Andric return; 21090b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 21100b57cec5SDimitry Andric 21110b57cec5SDimitry Andric // If it is a .dynsym, there should be no local symbols, but we need 21120b57cec5SDimitry Andric // to do a few things for the dynamic linker. 21130b57cec5SDimitry Andric 21140b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Section's Info field has the index of the first non-local symbol. 21150b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Because the first symbol entry is a null entry, 1 is the first. 21160b57cec5SDimitry Andric getParent()->info = 1; 21170b57cec5SDimitry Andric 21180b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (getPartition().gnuHashTab) { 21190b57cec5SDimitry Andric // NB: It also sorts Symbols to meet the GNU hash table requirements. 21200b57cec5SDimitry Andric getPartition().gnuHashTab->addSymbols(symbols); 21210b57cec5SDimitry Andric } else if (config->emachine == EM_MIPS) { 21220b57cec5SDimitry Andric llvm::stable_sort(symbols, sortMipsSymbols); 21230b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 21240b57cec5SDimitry Andric 21250b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Only the main partition's dynsym indexes are stored in the symbols 21260b57cec5SDimitry Andric // themselves. All other partitions use a lookup table. 212704eeddc0SDimitry Andric if (this == mainPart->dynSymTab.get()) { 21280b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t i = 0; 21290b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const SymbolTableEntry &s : symbols) 21300b57cec5SDimitry Andric s.sym->dynsymIndex = ++i; 21310b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 21320b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 21330b57cec5SDimitry Andric 21340b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The ELF spec requires that all local symbols precede global symbols, so we 21350b57cec5SDimitry Andric // sort symbol entries in this function. (For .dynsym, we don't do that because 21360b57cec5SDimitry Andric // symbols for dynamic linking are inherently all globals.) 21370b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 21380b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Aside from above, we put local symbols in groups starting with the STT_FILE 21390b57cec5SDimitry Andric // symbol. That is convenient for purpose of identifying where are local symbols 21400b57cec5SDimitry Andric // coming from. 21410b57cec5SDimitry Andric void SymbolTableBaseSection::sortSymTabSymbols() { 21420b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Move all local symbols before global symbols. 21430b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto e = std::stable_partition( 214404eeddc0SDimitry Andric symbols.begin(), symbols.end(), 214504eeddc0SDimitry Andric [](const SymbolTableEntry &s) { return s.sym->isLocal(); }); 21460b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t numLocals = e - symbols.begin(); 21470b57cec5SDimitry Andric getParent()->info = numLocals + 1; 21480b57cec5SDimitry Andric 21490b57cec5SDimitry Andric // We want to group the local symbols by file. For that we rebuild the local 21500b57cec5SDimitry Andric // part of the symbols vector. We do not need to care about the STT_FILE 21510b57cec5SDimitry Andric // symbols, they are already naturally placed first in each group. That 21520b57cec5SDimitry Andric // happens because STT_FILE is always the first symbol in the object and hence 21530b57cec5SDimitry Andric // precede all other local symbols we add for a file. 215404eeddc0SDimitry Andric MapVector<InputFile *, SmallVector<SymbolTableEntry, 0>> arr; 21550b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const SymbolTableEntry &s : llvm::make_range(symbols.begin(), e)) 21560b57cec5SDimitry Andric arr[s.sym->file].push_back(s); 21570b57cec5SDimitry Andric 21580b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto i = symbols.begin(); 215904eeddc0SDimitry Andric for (auto &p : arr) 21600b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (SymbolTableEntry &entry : p.second) 21610b57cec5SDimitry Andric *i++ = entry; 21620b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 21630b57cec5SDimitry Andric 21640b57cec5SDimitry Andric void SymbolTableBaseSection::addSymbol(Symbol *b) { 21650b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Adding a local symbol to a .dynsym is a bug. 21660b57cec5SDimitry Andric assert(this->type != SHT_DYNSYM || !b->isLocal()); 2167*81ad6265SDimitry Andric symbols.push_back({b, strTabSec.addString(b->getName(), false)}); 21680b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 21690b57cec5SDimitry Andric 21700b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t SymbolTableBaseSection::getSymbolIndex(Symbol *sym) { 217104eeddc0SDimitry Andric if (this == mainPart->dynSymTab.get()) 21720b57cec5SDimitry Andric return sym->dynsymIndex; 21730b57cec5SDimitry Andric 21740b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Initializes symbol lookup tables lazily. This is used only for -r, 2175349cc55cSDimitry Andric // --emit-relocs and dynsyms in partitions other than the main one. 21760b57cec5SDimitry Andric llvm::call_once(onceFlag, [&] { 21770b57cec5SDimitry Andric symbolIndexMap.reserve(symbols.size()); 21780b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t i = 0; 21790b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const SymbolTableEntry &e : symbols) { 21800b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (e.sym->type == STT_SECTION) 21810b57cec5SDimitry Andric sectionIndexMap[e.sym->getOutputSection()] = ++i; 21820b57cec5SDimitry Andric else 21830b57cec5SDimitry Andric symbolIndexMap[e.sym] = ++i; 21840b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 21850b57cec5SDimitry Andric }); 21860b57cec5SDimitry Andric 21870b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Section symbols are mapped based on their output sections 21880b57cec5SDimitry Andric // to maintain their semantics. 21890b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (sym->type == STT_SECTION) 21900b57cec5SDimitry Andric return sectionIndexMap.lookup(sym->getOutputSection()); 21910b57cec5SDimitry Andric return symbolIndexMap.lookup(sym); 21920b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 21930b57cec5SDimitry Andric 21940b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> 21950b57cec5SDimitry Andric SymbolTableSection<ELFT>::SymbolTableSection(StringTableSection &strTabSec) 21960b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SymbolTableBaseSection(strTabSec) { 21970b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->entsize = sizeof(Elf_Sym); 21980b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 21990b57cec5SDimitry Andric 22000b57cec5SDimitry Andric static BssSection *getCommonSec(Symbol *sym) { 2201*81ad6265SDimitry Andric if (config->relocatable) 22020b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (auto *d = dyn_cast<Defined>(sym)) 22030b57cec5SDimitry Andric return dyn_cast_or_null<BssSection>(d->section); 22040b57cec5SDimitry Andric return nullptr; 22050b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 22060b57cec5SDimitry Andric 22070b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint32_t getSymSectionIndex(Symbol *sym) { 22080eae32dcSDimitry Andric assert(!(sym->needsCopy && sym->isObject())); 22090eae32dcSDimitry Andric if (!isa<Defined>(sym) || sym->needsCopy) 22100b57cec5SDimitry Andric return SHN_UNDEF; 22110b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (const OutputSection *os = sym->getOutputSection()) 22120b57cec5SDimitry Andric return os->sectionIndex >= SHN_LORESERVE ? (uint32_t)SHN_XINDEX 22130b57cec5SDimitry Andric : os->sectionIndex; 22140b57cec5SDimitry Andric return SHN_ABS; 22150b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 22160b57cec5SDimitry Andric 22170b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write the internal symbol table contents to the output symbol table. 22180b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void SymbolTableSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 22190b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The first entry is a null entry as per the ELF spec. 22200b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += sizeof(Elf_Sym); 22210b57cec5SDimitry Andric 22220b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto *eSym = reinterpret_cast<Elf_Sym *>(buf); 22230b57cec5SDimitry Andric 22240b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (SymbolTableEntry &ent : symbols) { 22250b57cec5SDimitry Andric Symbol *sym = ent.sym; 22260b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool isDefinedHere = type == SHT_SYMTAB || sym->partition == partition; 22270b57cec5SDimitry Andric 222804eeddc0SDimitry Andric // Set st_name, st_info and st_other. 222904eeddc0SDimitry Andric eSym->st_name = ent.strTabOffset; 223004eeddc0SDimitry Andric eSym->setBindingAndType(sym->binding, sym->type); 223104eeddc0SDimitry Andric eSym->st_other = sym->visibility; 22320b57cec5SDimitry Andric 22330b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The 3 most significant bits of st_other are used by OpenPOWER ABI. 22340b57cec5SDimitry Andric // See getPPC64GlobalEntryToLocalEntryOffset() for more details. 22350b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->emachine == EM_PPC64) 22360b57cec5SDimitry Andric eSym->st_other |= sym->stOther & 0xe0; 2237e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric // The most significant bit of st_other is used by AArch64 ABI for the 2238e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric // variant PCS. 2239e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric else if (config->emachine == EM_AARCH64) 2240e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric eSym->st_other |= sym->stOther & STO_AARCH64_VARIANT_PCS; 22410b57cec5SDimitry Andric 224204eeddc0SDimitry Andric if (BssSection *commonSec = getCommonSec(sym)) { 2243*81ad6265SDimitry Andric // When -r is specified, a COMMON symbol is not allocated. Its st_shndx 2244*81ad6265SDimitry Andric // holds SHN_COMMON and st_value holds the alignment. 224504eeddc0SDimitry Andric eSym->st_shndx = SHN_COMMON; 22460b57cec5SDimitry Andric eSym->st_value = commonSec->alignment; 224704eeddc0SDimitry Andric eSym->st_size = cast<Defined>(sym)->size; 224804eeddc0SDimitry Andric } else { 224904eeddc0SDimitry Andric const uint32_t shndx = getSymSectionIndex(sym); 225004eeddc0SDimitry Andric if (isDefinedHere) { 225104eeddc0SDimitry Andric eSym->st_shndx = shndx; 22520b57cec5SDimitry Andric eSym->st_value = sym->getVA(); 225304eeddc0SDimitry Andric // Copy symbol size if it is a defined symbol. st_size is not 225404eeddc0SDimitry Andric // significant for undefined symbols, so whether copying it or not is up 225504eeddc0SDimitry Andric // to us if that's the case. We'll leave it as zero because by not 225604eeddc0SDimitry Andric // setting a value, we can get the exact same outputs for two sets of 225704eeddc0SDimitry Andric // input files that differ only in undefined symbol size in DSOs. 225804eeddc0SDimitry Andric eSym->st_size = shndx != SHN_UNDEF ? cast<Defined>(sym)->size : 0; 225904eeddc0SDimitry Andric } else { 226004eeddc0SDimitry Andric eSym->st_shndx = 0; 22610b57cec5SDimitry Andric eSym->st_value = 0; 226204eeddc0SDimitry Andric eSym->st_size = 0; 226304eeddc0SDimitry Andric } 226404eeddc0SDimitry Andric } 22650b57cec5SDimitry Andric 22660b57cec5SDimitry Andric ++eSym; 22670b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 22680b57cec5SDimitry Andric 22690b57cec5SDimitry Andric // On MIPS we need to mark symbol which has a PLT entry and requires 22700b57cec5SDimitry Andric // pointer equality by STO_MIPS_PLT flag. That is necessary to help 22710b57cec5SDimitry Andric // dynamic linker distinguish such symbols and MIPS lazy-binding stubs. 22720b57cec5SDimitry Andric // https://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2008-07/txt00000.txt 22730b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->emachine == EM_MIPS) { 22740b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto *eSym = reinterpret_cast<Elf_Sym *>(buf); 22750b57cec5SDimitry Andric 22760b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (SymbolTableEntry &ent : symbols) { 22770b57cec5SDimitry Andric Symbol *sym = ent.sym; 22780eae32dcSDimitry Andric if (sym->isInPlt() && sym->needsCopy) 22790b57cec5SDimitry Andric eSym->st_other |= STO_MIPS_PLT; 22800b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (isMicroMips()) { 22810b57cec5SDimitry Andric // We already set the less-significant bit for symbols 22820b57cec5SDimitry Andric // marked by the `STO_MIPS_MICROMIPS` flag and for microMIPS PLT 22830b57cec5SDimitry Andric // records. That allows us to distinguish such symbols in 22845ffd83dbSDimitry Andric // the `MIPS<ELFT>::relocate()` routine. Now we should 22850b57cec5SDimitry Andric // clear that bit for non-dynamic symbol table, so tools 22860b57cec5SDimitry Andric // like `objdump` will be able to deal with a correct 22870b57cec5SDimitry Andric // symbol position. 22880b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (sym->isDefined() && 22890eae32dcSDimitry Andric ((sym->stOther & STO_MIPS_MICROMIPS) || sym->needsCopy)) { 22900b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!strTabSec.isDynamic()) 22910b57cec5SDimitry Andric eSym->st_value &= ~1; 22920b57cec5SDimitry Andric eSym->st_other |= STO_MIPS_MICROMIPS; 22930b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 22940b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 22950b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->relocatable) 22960b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (auto *d = dyn_cast<Defined>(sym)) 22970b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (isMipsPIC<ELFT>(d)) 22980b57cec5SDimitry Andric eSym->st_other |= STO_MIPS_PIC; 22990b57cec5SDimitry Andric ++eSym; 23000b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 23010b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 23020b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 23030b57cec5SDimitry Andric 23040b57cec5SDimitry Andric SymtabShndxSection::SymtabShndxSection() 23050b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(0, SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX, 4, ".symtab_shndx") { 23060b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->entsize = 4; 23070b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 23080b57cec5SDimitry Andric 23090b57cec5SDimitry Andric void SymtabShndxSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 23100b57cec5SDimitry Andric // We write an array of 32 bit values, where each value has 1:1 association 23110b57cec5SDimitry Andric // with an entry in .symtab. If the corresponding entry contains SHN_XINDEX, 23120b57cec5SDimitry Andric // we need to write actual index, otherwise, we must write SHN_UNDEF(0). 23130b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += 4; // Ignore .symtab[0] entry. 23140b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const SymbolTableEntry &entry : in.symTab->getSymbols()) { 231504eeddc0SDimitry Andric if (!getCommonSec(entry.sym) && getSymSectionIndex(entry.sym) == SHN_XINDEX) 23160b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf, entry.sym->getOutputSection()->sectionIndex); 23170b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += 4; 23180b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 23190b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 23200b57cec5SDimitry Andric 23210b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool SymtabShndxSection::isNeeded() const { 23220b57cec5SDimitry Andric // SHT_SYMTAB can hold symbols with section indices values up to 23230b57cec5SDimitry Andric // SHN_LORESERVE. If we need more, we want to use extension SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX 23240b57cec5SDimitry Andric // section. Problem is that we reveal the final section indices a bit too 23250b57cec5SDimitry Andric // late, and we do not know them here. For simplicity, we just always create 23260b57cec5SDimitry Andric // a .symtab_shndx section when the amount of output sections is huge. 23270b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t size = 0; 23284824e7fdSDimitry Andric for (SectionCommand *cmd : script->sectionCommands) 2329*81ad6265SDimitry Andric if (isa<OutputDesc>(cmd)) 23300b57cec5SDimitry Andric ++size; 23310b57cec5SDimitry Andric return size >= SHN_LORESERVE; 23320b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 23330b57cec5SDimitry Andric 23340b57cec5SDimitry Andric void SymtabShndxSection::finalizeContents() { 23350b57cec5SDimitry Andric getParent()->link = in.symTab->getParent()->sectionIndex; 23360b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 23370b57cec5SDimitry Andric 23380b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t SymtabShndxSection::getSize() const { 23390b57cec5SDimitry Andric return in.symTab->getNumSymbols() * 4; 23400b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 23410b57cec5SDimitry Andric 23420b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .hash and .gnu.hash sections contain on-disk hash tables that map 23430b57cec5SDimitry Andric // symbol names to their dynamic symbol table indices. Their purpose 23440b57cec5SDimitry Andric // is to help the dynamic linker resolve symbols quickly. If ELF files 23450b57cec5SDimitry Andric // don't have them, the dynamic linker has to do linear search on all 23460b57cec5SDimitry Andric // dynamic symbols, which makes programs slower. Therefore, a .hash 2347349cc55cSDimitry Andric // section is added to a DSO by default. 23480b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 23490b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The Unix semantics of resolving dynamic symbols is somewhat expensive. 23500b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Each ELF file has a list of DSOs that the ELF file depends on and a 23510b57cec5SDimitry Andric // list of dynamic symbols that need to be resolved from any of the 23520b57cec5SDimitry Andric // DSOs. That means resolving all dynamic symbols takes O(m)*O(n) 23530b57cec5SDimitry Andric // where m is the number of DSOs and n is the number of dynamic 23540b57cec5SDimitry Andric // symbols. For modern large programs, both m and n are large. So 23555ffd83dbSDimitry Andric // making each step faster by using hash tables substantially 23560b57cec5SDimitry Andric // improves time to load programs. 23570b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 23580b57cec5SDimitry Andric // (Note that this is not the only way to design the shared library. 23590b57cec5SDimitry Andric // For instance, the Windows DLL takes a different approach. On 23600b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Windows, each dynamic symbol has a name of DLL from which the symbol 23610b57cec5SDimitry Andric // has to be resolved. That makes the cost of symbol resolution O(n). 23620b57cec5SDimitry Andric // This disables some hacky techniques you can use on Unix such as 23630b57cec5SDimitry Andric // LD_PRELOAD, but this is arguably better semantics than the Unix ones.) 23640b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 23650b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Due to historical reasons, we have two different hash tables, .hash 23660b57cec5SDimitry Andric // and .gnu.hash. They are for the same purpose, and .gnu.hash is a new 23670b57cec5SDimitry Andric // and better version of .hash. .hash is just an on-disk hash table, but 23680b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .gnu.hash has a bloom filter in addition to a hash table to skip 23690b57cec5SDimitry Andric // DSOs very quickly. If you are sure that your dynamic linker knows 2370349cc55cSDimitry Andric // about .gnu.hash, you want to specify --hash-style=gnu. Otherwise, a 2371349cc55cSDimitry Andric // safe bet is to specify --hash-style=both for backward compatibility. 23720b57cec5SDimitry Andric GnuHashTableSection::GnuHashTableSection() 23730b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_GNU_HASH, config->wordsize, ".gnu.hash") { 23740b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 23750b57cec5SDimitry Andric 23760b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GnuHashTableSection::finalizeContents() { 23770b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (OutputSection *sec = getPartition().dynSymTab->getParent()) 23780b57cec5SDimitry Andric getParent()->link = sec->sectionIndex; 23790b57cec5SDimitry Andric 23800b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Computes bloom filter size in word size. We want to allocate 12 23810b57cec5SDimitry Andric // bits for each symbol. It must be a power of two. 23820b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (symbols.empty()) { 23830b57cec5SDimitry Andric maskWords = 1; 23840b57cec5SDimitry Andric } else { 23850b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t numBits = symbols.size() * 12; 23860b57cec5SDimitry Andric maskWords = NextPowerOf2(numBits / (config->wordsize * 8)); 23870b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 23880b57cec5SDimitry Andric 23890b57cec5SDimitry Andric size = 16; // Header 23900b57cec5SDimitry Andric size += config->wordsize * maskWords; // Bloom filter 23910b57cec5SDimitry Andric size += nBuckets * 4; // Hash buckets 23920b57cec5SDimitry Andric size += symbols.size() * 4; // Hash values 23930b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 23940b57cec5SDimitry Andric 23950b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GnuHashTableSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 23960b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write a header. 23970b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf, nBuckets); 23980b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 4, getPartition().dynSymTab->getNumSymbols() - symbols.size()); 23990b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 8, maskWords); 24000b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 12, Shift2); 24010b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += 16; 24020b57cec5SDimitry Andric 24034824e7fdSDimitry Andric // Write the 2-bit bloom filter. 24044824e7fdSDimitry Andric const unsigned c = config->is64 ? 64 : 32; 24050b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const Entry &sym : symbols) { 24060b57cec5SDimitry Andric // When C = 64, we choose a word with bits [6:...] and set 1 to two bits in 24070b57cec5SDimitry Andric // the word using bits [0:5] and [26:31]. 24080b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t i = (sym.hash / c) & (maskWords - 1); 24090b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t val = readUint(buf + i * config->wordsize); 24100b57cec5SDimitry Andric val |= uint64_t(1) << (sym.hash % c); 24110b57cec5SDimitry Andric val |= uint64_t(1) << ((sym.hash >> Shift2) % c); 24120b57cec5SDimitry Andric writeUint(buf + i * config->wordsize, val); 24130b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 24144824e7fdSDimitry Andric buf += config->wordsize * maskWords; 24150b57cec5SDimitry Andric 24164824e7fdSDimitry Andric // Write the hash table. 24170b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t *buckets = reinterpret_cast<uint32_t *>(buf); 24180b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t oldBucket = -1; 24190b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t *values = buckets + nBuckets; 24200b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (auto i = symbols.begin(), e = symbols.end(); i != e; ++i) { 24210b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write a hash value. It represents a sequence of chains that share the 24220b57cec5SDimitry Andric // same hash modulo value. The last element of each chain is terminated by 24230b57cec5SDimitry Andric // LSB 1. 24240b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t hash = i->hash; 24250b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool isLastInChain = (i + 1) == e || i->bucketIdx != (i + 1)->bucketIdx; 24260b57cec5SDimitry Andric hash = isLastInChain ? hash | 1 : hash & ~1; 24270b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(values++, hash); 24280b57cec5SDimitry Andric 24290b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (i->bucketIdx == oldBucket) 24300b57cec5SDimitry Andric continue; 24310b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write a hash bucket. Hash buckets contain indices in the following hash 24320b57cec5SDimitry Andric // value table. 24330b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buckets + i->bucketIdx, 24340b57cec5SDimitry Andric getPartition().dynSymTab->getSymbolIndex(i->sym)); 24350b57cec5SDimitry Andric oldBucket = i->bucketIdx; 24360b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 24370b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 24380b57cec5SDimitry Andric 24390b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint32_t hashGnu(StringRef name) { 24400b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t h = 5381; 24410b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (uint8_t c : name) 24420b57cec5SDimitry Andric h = (h << 5) + h + c; 24430b57cec5SDimitry Andric return h; 24440b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 24450b57cec5SDimitry Andric 24460b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Add symbols to this symbol hash table. Note that this function 24470b57cec5SDimitry Andric // destructively sort a given vector -- which is needed because 24480b57cec5SDimitry Andric // GNU-style hash table places some sorting requirements. 24490eae32dcSDimitry Andric void GnuHashTableSection::addSymbols(SmallVectorImpl<SymbolTableEntry> &v) { 24500b57cec5SDimitry Andric // We cannot use 'auto' for Mid because GCC 6.1 cannot deduce 24510b57cec5SDimitry Andric // its type correctly. 24520eae32dcSDimitry Andric auto mid = 24530b57cec5SDimitry Andric std::stable_partition(v.begin(), v.end(), [&](const SymbolTableEntry &s) { 24540b57cec5SDimitry Andric return !s.sym->isDefined() || s.sym->partition != partition; 24550b57cec5SDimitry Andric }); 24560b57cec5SDimitry Andric 24570b57cec5SDimitry Andric // We chose load factor 4 for the on-disk hash table. For each hash 24580b57cec5SDimitry Andric // collision, the dynamic linker will compare a uint32_t hash value. 24590b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Since the integer comparison is quite fast, we believe we can 24600b57cec5SDimitry Andric // make the load factor even larger. 4 is just a conservative choice. 24610b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 24620b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Note that we don't want to create a zero-sized hash table because 24630b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Android loader as of 2018 doesn't like a .gnu.hash containing such 24640b57cec5SDimitry Andric // table. If that's the case, we create a hash table with one unused 24650b57cec5SDimitry Andric // dummy slot. 24660b57cec5SDimitry Andric nBuckets = std::max<size_t>((v.end() - mid) / 4, 1); 24670b57cec5SDimitry Andric 24680b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (mid == v.end()) 24690b57cec5SDimitry Andric return; 24700b57cec5SDimitry Andric 24710b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (SymbolTableEntry &ent : llvm::make_range(mid, v.end())) { 24720b57cec5SDimitry Andric Symbol *b = ent.sym; 24730b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t hash = hashGnu(b->getName()); 24740b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t bucketIdx = hash % nBuckets; 24750b57cec5SDimitry Andric symbols.push_back({b, ent.strTabOffset, hash, bucketIdx}); 24760b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 24770b57cec5SDimitry Andric 247804eeddc0SDimitry Andric llvm::sort(symbols, [](const Entry &l, const Entry &r) { 247904eeddc0SDimitry Andric return std::tie(l.bucketIdx, l.strTabOffset) < 248004eeddc0SDimitry Andric std::tie(r.bucketIdx, r.strTabOffset); 24810b57cec5SDimitry Andric }); 24820b57cec5SDimitry Andric 24830b57cec5SDimitry Andric v.erase(mid, v.end()); 24840b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const Entry &ent : symbols) 24850b57cec5SDimitry Andric v.push_back({ent.sym, ent.strTabOffset}); 24860b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 24870b57cec5SDimitry Andric 24880b57cec5SDimitry Andric HashTableSection::HashTableSection() 24890b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_HASH, 4, ".hash") { 24900b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->entsize = 4; 24910b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 24920b57cec5SDimitry Andric 24930b57cec5SDimitry Andric void HashTableSection::finalizeContents() { 249404eeddc0SDimitry Andric SymbolTableBaseSection *symTab = getPartition().dynSymTab.get(); 24950b57cec5SDimitry Andric 24960b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (OutputSection *sec = symTab->getParent()) 24970b57cec5SDimitry Andric getParent()->link = sec->sectionIndex; 24980b57cec5SDimitry Andric 24990b57cec5SDimitry Andric unsigned numEntries = 2; // nbucket and nchain. 25000b57cec5SDimitry Andric numEntries += symTab->getNumSymbols(); // The chain entries. 25010b57cec5SDimitry Andric 25020b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Create as many buckets as there are symbols. 25030b57cec5SDimitry Andric numEntries += symTab->getNumSymbols(); 25040b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->size = numEntries * 4; 25050b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 25060b57cec5SDimitry Andric 25070b57cec5SDimitry Andric void HashTableSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 250804eeddc0SDimitry Andric SymbolTableBaseSection *symTab = getPartition().dynSymTab.get(); 25090b57cec5SDimitry Andric unsigned numSymbols = symTab->getNumSymbols(); 25100b57cec5SDimitry Andric 25110b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t *p = reinterpret_cast<uint32_t *>(buf); 25120b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(p++, numSymbols); // nbucket 25130b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(p++, numSymbols); // nchain 25140b57cec5SDimitry Andric 25150b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t *buckets = p; 25160b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t *chains = p + numSymbols; 25170b57cec5SDimitry Andric 25180b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const SymbolTableEntry &s : symTab->getSymbols()) { 25190b57cec5SDimitry Andric Symbol *sym = s.sym; 25200b57cec5SDimitry Andric StringRef name = sym->getName(); 25210b57cec5SDimitry Andric unsigned i = sym->dynsymIndex; 25220b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t hash = hashSysV(name) % numSymbols; 25230b57cec5SDimitry Andric chains[i] = buckets[hash]; 25240b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buckets + hash, i); 25250b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 25260b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 25270b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2528480093f4SDimitry Andric PltSection::PltSection() 2529480093f4SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR, SHT_PROGBITS, 16, ".plt"), 2530480093f4SDimitry Andric headerSize(target->pltHeaderSize) { 2531480093f4SDimitry Andric // On PowerPC, this section contains lazy symbol resolvers. 253292c0d181SDimitry Andric if (config->emachine == EM_PPC64) { 2533480093f4SDimitry Andric name = ".glink"; 2534480093f4SDimitry Andric alignment = 4; 2535480093f4SDimitry Andric } 2536480093f4SDimitry Andric 2537480093f4SDimitry Andric // On x86 when IBT is enabled, this section contains the second PLT (lazy 2538480093f4SDimitry Andric // symbol resolvers). 2539480093f4SDimitry Andric if ((config->emachine == EM_386 || config->emachine == EM_X86_64) && 2540480093f4SDimitry Andric (config->andFeatures & GNU_PROPERTY_X86_FEATURE_1_IBT)) 2541480093f4SDimitry Andric name = ".plt.sec"; 2542480093f4SDimitry Andric 25430b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The PLT needs to be writable on SPARC as the dynamic linker will 25440b57cec5SDimitry Andric // modify the instructions in the PLT entries. 25450b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->emachine == EM_SPARCV9) 25460b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->flags |= SHF_WRITE; 25470b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 25480b57cec5SDimitry Andric 25490b57cec5SDimitry Andric void PltSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 2550480093f4SDimitry Andric // At beginning of PLT, we have code to call the dynamic 25510b57cec5SDimitry Andric // linker to resolve dynsyms at runtime. Write such code. 25520b57cec5SDimitry Andric target->writePltHeader(buf); 25530b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t off = headerSize; 25540b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2555480093f4SDimitry Andric for (const Symbol *sym : entries) { 2556480093f4SDimitry Andric target->writePlt(buf + off, *sym, getVA() + off); 25570b57cec5SDimitry Andric off += target->pltEntrySize; 25580b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 25590b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 25600b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2561480093f4SDimitry Andric void PltSection::addEntry(Symbol &sym) { 256204eeddc0SDimitry Andric assert(sym.auxIdx == symAux.size() - 1); 256304eeddc0SDimitry Andric symAux.back().pltIdx = entries.size(); 25640b57cec5SDimitry Andric entries.push_back(&sym); 25650b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 25660b57cec5SDimitry Andric 25670b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t PltSection::getSize() const { 256892c0d181SDimitry Andric return headerSize + entries.size() * target->pltEntrySize; 25690b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 25700b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2571480093f4SDimitry Andric bool PltSection::isNeeded() const { 2572480093f4SDimitry Andric // For -z retpolineplt, .iplt needs the .plt header. 2573480093f4SDimitry Andric return !entries.empty() || (config->zRetpolineplt && in.iplt->isNeeded()); 2574480093f4SDimitry Andric } 2575480093f4SDimitry Andric 2576480093f4SDimitry Andric // Used by ARM to add mapping symbols in the PLT section, which aid 2577480093f4SDimitry Andric // disassembly. 25780b57cec5SDimitry Andric void PltSection::addSymbols() { 25790b57cec5SDimitry Andric target->addPltHeaderSymbols(*this); 25800b57cec5SDimitry Andric 25810b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t off = headerSize; 25820b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (size_t i = 0; i < entries.size(); ++i) { 25830b57cec5SDimitry Andric target->addPltSymbols(*this, off); 25840b57cec5SDimitry Andric off += target->pltEntrySize; 25850b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 25860b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 25870b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2588480093f4SDimitry Andric IpltSection::IpltSection() 2589480093f4SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR, SHT_PROGBITS, 16, ".iplt") { 2590480093f4SDimitry Andric if (config->emachine == EM_PPC || config->emachine == EM_PPC64) { 2591480093f4SDimitry Andric name = ".glink"; 2592480093f4SDimitry Andric alignment = 4; 2593480093f4SDimitry Andric } 2594480093f4SDimitry Andric } 2595480093f4SDimitry Andric 2596480093f4SDimitry Andric void IpltSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 2597480093f4SDimitry Andric uint32_t off = 0; 2598480093f4SDimitry Andric for (const Symbol *sym : entries) { 2599480093f4SDimitry Andric target->writeIplt(buf + off, *sym, getVA() + off); 2600480093f4SDimitry Andric off += target->ipltEntrySize; 2601480093f4SDimitry Andric } 2602480093f4SDimitry Andric } 2603480093f4SDimitry Andric 2604480093f4SDimitry Andric size_t IpltSection::getSize() const { 2605480093f4SDimitry Andric return entries.size() * target->ipltEntrySize; 2606480093f4SDimitry Andric } 2607480093f4SDimitry Andric 2608480093f4SDimitry Andric void IpltSection::addEntry(Symbol &sym) { 260904eeddc0SDimitry Andric assert(sym.auxIdx == symAux.size() - 1); 261004eeddc0SDimitry Andric symAux.back().pltIdx = entries.size(); 2611480093f4SDimitry Andric entries.push_back(&sym); 2612480093f4SDimitry Andric } 2613480093f4SDimitry Andric 2614480093f4SDimitry Andric // ARM uses mapping symbols to aid disassembly. 2615480093f4SDimitry Andric void IpltSection::addSymbols() { 2616480093f4SDimitry Andric size_t off = 0; 2617480093f4SDimitry Andric for (size_t i = 0, e = entries.size(); i != e; ++i) { 2618480093f4SDimitry Andric target->addPltSymbols(*this, off); 2619480093f4SDimitry Andric off += target->pltEntrySize; 2620480093f4SDimitry Andric } 2621480093f4SDimitry Andric } 2622480093f4SDimitry Andric 262392c0d181SDimitry Andric PPC32GlinkSection::PPC32GlinkSection() { 262492c0d181SDimitry Andric name = ".glink"; 262592c0d181SDimitry Andric alignment = 4; 262692c0d181SDimitry Andric } 262792c0d181SDimitry Andric 262892c0d181SDimitry Andric void PPC32GlinkSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 262992c0d181SDimitry Andric writePPC32GlinkSection(buf, entries.size()); 263092c0d181SDimitry Andric } 263192c0d181SDimitry Andric 263292c0d181SDimitry Andric size_t PPC32GlinkSection::getSize() const { 263392c0d181SDimitry Andric return headerSize + entries.size() * target->pltEntrySize + footerSize; 263492c0d181SDimitry Andric } 263592c0d181SDimitry Andric 2636480093f4SDimitry Andric // This is an x86-only extra PLT section and used only when a security 2637480093f4SDimitry Andric // enhancement feature called CET is enabled. In this comment, I'll explain what 2638480093f4SDimitry Andric // the feature is and why we have two PLT sections if CET is enabled. 2639480093f4SDimitry Andric // 2640480093f4SDimitry Andric // So, what does CET do? CET introduces a new restriction to indirect jump 2641480093f4SDimitry Andric // instructions. CET works this way. Assume that CET is enabled. Then, if you 2642480093f4SDimitry Andric // execute an indirect jump instruction, the processor verifies that a special 2643480093f4SDimitry Andric // "landing pad" instruction (which is actually a repurposed NOP instruction and 2644480093f4SDimitry Andric // now called "endbr32" or "endbr64") is at the jump target. If the jump target 2645480093f4SDimitry Andric // does not start with that instruction, the processor raises an exception 2646480093f4SDimitry Andric // instead of continuing executing code. 2647480093f4SDimitry Andric // 2648480093f4SDimitry Andric // If CET is enabled, the compiler emits endbr to all locations where indirect 2649480093f4SDimitry Andric // jumps may jump to. 2650480093f4SDimitry Andric // 2651480093f4SDimitry Andric // This mechanism makes it extremely hard to transfer the control to a middle of 2652480093f4SDimitry Andric // a function that is not supporsed to be a indirect jump target, preventing 2653480093f4SDimitry Andric // certain types of attacks such as ROP or JOP. 2654480093f4SDimitry Andric // 2655480093f4SDimitry Andric // Note that the processors in the market as of 2019 don't actually support the 2656480093f4SDimitry Andric // feature. Only the spec is available at the moment. 2657480093f4SDimitry Andric // 2658480093f4SDimitry Andric // Now, I'll explain why we have this extra PLT section for CET. 2659480093f4SDimitry Andric // 2660480093f4SDimitry Andric // Since you can indirectly jump to a PLT entry, we have to make PLT entries 2661480093f4SDimitry Andric // start with endbr. The problem is there's no extra space for endbr (which is 4 2662480093f4SDimitry Andric // bytes long), as the PLT entry is only 16 bytes long and all bytes are already 2663480093f4SDimitry Andric // used. 2664480093f4SDimitry Andric // 2665480093f4SDimitry Andric // In order to deal with the issue, we split a PLT entry into two PLT entries. 2666480093f4SDimitry Andric // Remember that each PLT entry contains code to jump to an address read from 2667480093f4SDimitry Andric // .got.plt AND code to resolve a dynamic symbol lazily. With the 2-PLT scheme, 2668480093f4SDimitry Andric // the former code is written to .plt.sec, and the latter code is written to 2669480093f4SDimitry Andric // .plt. 2670480093f4SDimitry Andric // 2671480093f4SDimitry Andric // Lazy symbol resolution in the 2-PLT scheme works in the usual way, except 2672480093f4SDimitry Andric // that the regular .plt is now called .plt.sec and .plt is repurposed to 2673480093f4SDimitry Andric // contain only code for lazy symbol resolution. 2674480093f4SDimitry Andric // 2675480093f4SDimitry Andric // In other words, this is how the 2-PLT scheme works. Application code is 2676480093f4SDimitry Andric // supposed to jump to .plt.sec to call an external function. Each .plt.sec 2677480093f4SDimitry Andric // entry contains code to read an address from a corresponding .got.plt entry 2678480093f4SDimitry Andric // and jump to that address. Addresses in .got.plt initially point to .plt, so 2679480093f4SDimitry Andric // when an application calls an external function for the first time, the 2680480093f4SDimitry Andric // control is transferred to a function that resolves a symbol name from 2681480093f4SDimitry Andric // external shared object files. That function then rewrites a .got.plt entry 2682480093f4SDimitry Andric // with a resolved address, so that the subsequent function calls directly jump 2683480093f4SDimitry Andric // to a desired location from .plt.sec. 2684480093f4SDimitry Andric // 2685480093f4SDimitry Andric // There is an open question as to whether the 2-PLT scheme was desirable or 2686480093f4SDimitry Andric // not. We could have simply extended the PLT entry size to 32-bytes to 2687480093f4SDimitry Andric // accommodate endbr, and that scheme would have been much simpler than the 2688480093f4SDimitry Andric // 2-PLT scheme. One reason to split PLT was, by doing that, we could keep hot 2689480093f4SDimitry Andric // code (.plt.sec) from cold code (.plt). But as far as I know no one proved 2690480093f4SDimitry Andric // that the optimization actually makes a difference. 2691480093f4SDimitry Andric // 2692480093f4SDimitry Andric // That said, the 2-PLT scheme is a part of the ABI, debuggers and other tools 2693480093f4SDimitry Andric // depend on it, so we implement the ABI. 2694480093f4SDimitry Andric IBTPltSection::IBTPltSection() 2695480093f4SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR, SHT_PROGBITS, 16, ".plt") {} 2696480093f4SDimitry Andric 2697480093f4SDimitry Andric void IBTPltSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 2698480093f4SDimitry Andric target->writeIBTPlt(buf, in.plt->getNumEntries()); 2699480093f4SDimitry Andric } 2700480093f4SDimitry Andric 2701480093f4SDimitry Andric size_t IBTPltSection::getSize() const { 2702480093f4SDimitry Andric // 16 is the header size of .plt. 2703480093f4SDimitry Andric return 16 + in.plt->getNumEntries() * target->pltEntrySize; 2704480093f4SDimitry Andric } 2705480093f4SDimitry Andric 2706d781ede6SDimitry Andric bool IBTPltSection::isNeeded() const { return in.plt->getNumEntries() > 0; } 2707d781ede6SDimitry Andric 27080b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The string hash function for .gdb_index. 27090b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint32_t computeGdbHash(StringRef s) { 27100b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t h = 0; 27110b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (uint8_t c : s) 27120b57cec5SDimitry Andric h = h * 67 + toLower(c) - 113; 27130b57cec5SDimitry Andric return h; 27140b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 27150b57cec5SDimitry Andric 27160b57cec5SDimitry Andric GdbIndexSection::GdbIndexSection() 27170b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(0, SHT_PROGBITS, 1, ".gdb_index") {} 27180b57cec5SDimitry Andric 27190b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Returns the desired size of an on-disk hash table for a .gdb_index section. 27200b57cec5SDimitry Andric // There's a tradeoff between size and collision rate. We aim 75% utilization. 27210b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t GdbIndexSection::computeSymtabSize() const { 27220b57cec5SDimitry Andric return std::max<size_t>(NextPowerOf2(symbols.size() * 4 / 3), 1024); 27230b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 27240b57cec5SDimitry Andric 27250b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Compute the output section size. 27260b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GdbIndexSection::initOutputSize() { 27270b57cec5SDimitry Andric size = sizeof(GdbIndexHeader) + computeSymtabSize() * 8; 27280b57cec5SDimitry Andric 27290b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (GdbChunk &chunk : chunks) 27300b57cec5SDimitry Andric size += chunk.compilationUnits.size() * 16 + chunk.addressAreas.size() * 20; 27310b57cec5SDimitry Andric 27320b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Add the constant pool size if exists. 27330b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!symbols.empty()) { 27340b57cec5SDimitry Andric GdbSymbol &sym = symbols.back(); 27350b57cec5SDimitry Andric size += sym.nameOff + sym.name.size() + 1; 27360b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 27370b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 27380b57cec5SDimitry Andric 27390eae32dcSDimitry Andric static SmallVector<GdbIndexSection::CuEntry, 0> 27400eae32dcSDimitry Andric readCuList(DWARFContext &dwarf) { 27410eae32dcSDimitry Andric SmallVector<GdbIndexSection::CuEntry, 0> ret; 27420b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (std::unique_ptr<DWARFUnit> &cu : dwarf.compile_units()) 27430b57cec5SDimitry Andric ret.push_back({cu->getOffset(), cu->getLength() + 4}); 27440b57cec5SDimitry Andric return ret; 27450b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 27460b57cec5SDimitry Andric 27470eae32dcSDimitry Andric static SmallVector<GdbIndexSection::AddressEntry, 0> 27480b57cec5SDimitry Andric readAddressAreas(DWARFContext &dwarf, InputSection *sec) { 27490eae32dcSDimitry Andric SmallVector<GdbIndexSection::AddressEntry, 0> ret; 27500b57cec5SDimitry Andric 27510b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t cuIdx = 0; 27520b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (std::unique_ptr<DWARFUnit> &cu : dwarf.compile_units()) { 275385868e8aSDimitry Andric if (Error e = cu->tryExtractDIEsIfNeeded(false)) { 27545ffd83dbSDimitry Andric warn(toString(sec) + ": " + toString(std::move(e))); 275585868e8aSDimitry Andric return {}; 275685868e8aSDimitry Andric } 27570b57cec5SDimitry Andric Expected<DWARFAddressRangesVector> ranges = cu->collectAddressRanges(); 27580b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!ranges) { 27595ffd83dbSDimitry Andric warn(toString(sec) + ": " + toString(ranges.takeError())); 27600b57cec5SDimitry Andric return {}; 27610b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 27620b57cec5SDimitry Andric 27630b57cec5SDimitry Andric ArrayRef<InputSectionBase *> sections = sec->file->getSections(); 27640b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (DWARFAddressRange &r : *ranges) { 27650b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (r.SectionIndex == -1ULL) 27660b57cec5SDimitry Andric continue; 27670b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Range list with zero size has no effect. 27685ffd83dbSDimitry Andric InputSectionBase *s = sections[r.SectionIndex]; 27695ffd83dbSDimitry Andric if (s && s != &InputSection::discarded && s->isLive()) 27705ffd83dbSDimitry Andric if (r.LowPC != r.HighPC) 27715ffd83dbSDimitry Andric ret.push_back({cast<InputSection>(s), r.LowPC, r.HighPC, cuIdx}); 27720b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 27730b57cec5SDimitry Andric ++cuIdx; 27740b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 27750b57cec5SDimitry Andric 27760b57cec5SDimitry Andric return ret; 27770b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 27780b57cec5SDimitry Andric 27790b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> 27801fd87a68SDimitry Andric static SmallVector<GdbIndexSection::NameAttrEntry, 0> 27810b57cec5SDimitry Andric readPubNamesAndTypes(const LLDDwarfObj<ELFT> &obj, 27820eae32dcSDimitry Andric const SmallVectorImpl<GdbIndexSection::CuEntry> &cus) { 27835ffd83dbSDimitry Andric const LLDDWARFSection &pubNames = obj.getGnuPubnamesSection(); 27845ffd83dbSDimitry Andric const LLDDWARFSection &pubTypes = obj.getGnuPubtypesSection(); 27850b57cec5SDimitry Andric 27861fd87a68SDimitry Andric SmallVector<GdbIndexSection::NameAttrEntry, 0> ret; 27875ffd83dbSDimitry Andric for (const LLDDWARFSection *pub : {&pubNames, &pubTypes}) { 27885ffd83dbSDimitry Andric DWARFDataExtractor data(obj, *pub, config->isLE, config->wordsize); 27895ffd83dbSDimitry Andric DWARFDebugPubTable table; 27905ffd83dbSDimitry Andric table.extract(data, /*GnuStyle=*/true, [&](Error e) { 27915ffd83dbSDimitry Andric warn(toString(pub->sec) + ": " + toString(std::move(e))); 27925ffd83dbSDimitry Andric }); 27930b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const DWARFDebugPubTable::Set &set : table.getData()) { 27940b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The value written into the constant pool is kind << 24 | cuIndex. As we 27950b57cec5SDimitry Andric // don't know how many compilation units precede this object to compute 27960b57cec5SDimitry Andric // cuIndex, we compute (kind << 24 | cuIndexInThisObject) instead, and add 27970b57cec5SDimitry Andric // the number of preceding compilation units later. 279885868e8aSDimitry Andric uint32_t i = llvm::partition_point(cus, 279985868e8aSDimitry Andric [&](GdbIndexSection::CuEntry cu) { 280085868e8aSDimitry Andric return cu.cuOffset < set.Offset; 28010b57cec5SDimitry Andric }) - 280285868e8aSDimitry Andric cus.begin(); 28030b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const DWARFDebugPubTable::Entry &ent : set.Entries) 28040b57cec5SDimitry Andric ret.push_back({{ent.Name, computeGdbHash(ent.Name)}, 28050b57cec5SDimitry Andric (ent.Descriptor.toBits() << 24) | i}); 28060b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 28070b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 28080b57cec5SDimitry Andric return ret; 28090b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 28100b57cec5SDimitry Andric 28110b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Create a list of symbols from a given list of symbol names and types 28120b57cec5SDimitry Andric // by uniquifying them by name. 28131fd87a68SDimitry Andric static SmallVector<GdbIndexSection::GdbSymbol, 0> createSymbols( 28141fd87a68SDimitry Andric ArrayRef<SmallVector<GdbIndexSection::NameAttrEntry, 0>> nameAttrs, 28151fd87a68SDimitry Andric const SmallVector<GdbIndexSection::GdbChunk, 0> &chunks) { 28160b57cec5SDimitry Andric using GdbSymbol = GdbIndexSection::GdbSymbol; 28170b57cec5SDimitry Andric using NameAttrEntry = GdbIndexSection::NameAttrEntry; 28180b57cec5SDimitry Andric 28190b57cec5SDimitry Andric // For each chunk, compute the number of compilation units preceding it. 28200b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t cuIdx = 0; 282104eeddc0SDimitry Andric std::unique_ptr<uint32_t[]> cuIdxs(new uint32_t[chunks.size()]); 28220b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (uint32_t i = 0, e = chunks.size(); i != e; ++i) { 28230b57cec5SDimitry Andric cuIdxs[i] = cuIdx; 28240b57cec5SDimitry Andric cuIdx += chunks[i].compilationUnits.size(); 28250b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 28260b57cec5SDimitry Andric 28270b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The number of symbols we will handle in this function is of the order 28280b57cec5SDimitry Andric // of millions for very large executables, so we use multi-threading to 28290b57cec5SDimitry Andric // speed it up. 28305ffd83dbSDimitry Andric constexpr size_t numShards = 32; 28315ffd83dbSDimitry Andric size_t concurrency = PowerOf2Floor( 28325ffd83dbSDimitry Andric std::min<size_t>(hardware_concurrency(parallel::strategy.ThreadsRequested) 28335ffd83dbSDimitry Andric .compute_thread_count(), 28345ffd83dbSDimitry Andric numShards)); 28350b57cec5SDimitry Andric 28360b57cec5SDimitry Andric // A sharded map to uniquify symbols by name. 283704eeddc0SDimitry Andric auto map = 283804eeddc0SDimitry Andric std::make_unique<DenseMap<CachedHashStringRef, size_t>[]>(numShards); 28390b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t shift = 32 - countTrailingZeros(numShards); 28400b57cec5SDimitry Andric 28410b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Instantiate GdbSymbols while uniqufying them by name. 28421fd87a68SDimitry Andric auto symbols = std::make_unique<SmallVector<GdbSymbol, 0>[]>(numShards); 284304eeddc0SDimitry Andric 2844*81ad6265SDimitry Andric parallelFor(0, concurrency, [&](size_t threadId) { 28450b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t i = 0; 28460b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (ArrayRef<NameAttrEntry> entries : nameAttrs) { 28470b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const NameAttrEntry &ent : entries) { 28480b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t shardId = ent.name.hash() >> shift; 28490b57cec5SDimitry Andric if ((shardId & (concurrency - 1)) != threadId) 28500b57cec5SDimitry Andric continue; 28510b57cec5SDimitry Andric 28520b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t v = ent.cuIndexAndAttrs + cuIdxs[i]; 28530b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t &idx = map[shardId][ent.name]; 28540b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (idx) { 28550b57cec5SDimitry Andric symbols[shardId][idx - 1].cuVector.push_back(v); 28560b57cec5SDimitry Andric continue; 28570b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 28580b57cec5SDimitry Andric 28590b57cec5SDimitry Andric idx = symbols[shardId].size() + 1; 28600b57cec5SDimitry Andric symbols[shardId].push_back({ent.name, {v}, 0, 0}); 28610b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 28620b57cec5SDimitry Andric ++i; 28630b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 28640b57cec5SDimitry Andric }); 28650b57cec5SDimitry Andric 28660b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t numSymbols = 0; 286704eeddc0SDimitry Andric for (ArrayRef<GdbSymbol> v : makeArrayRef(symbols.get(), numShards)) 28680b57cec5SDimitry Andric numSymbols += v.size(); 28690b57cec5SDimitry Andric 28700b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The return type is a flattened vector, so we'll copy each vector 28710b57cec5SDimitry Andric // contents to Ret. 28721fd87a68SDimitry Andric SmallVector<GdbSymbol, 0> ret; 28730b57cec5SDimitry Andric ret.reserve(numSymbols); 28741fd87a68SDimitry Andric for (SmallVector<GdbSymbol, 0> &vec : 287504eeddc0SDimitry Andric makeMutableArrayRef(symbols.get(), numShards)) 28760b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (GdbSymbol &sym : vec) 28770b57cec5SDimitry Andric ret.push_back(std::move(sym)); 28780b57cec5SDimitry Andric 28790b57cec5SDimitry Andric // CU vectors and symbol names are adjacent in the output file. 28800b57cec5SDimitry Andric // We can compute their offsets in the output file now. 28810b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t off = 0; 28820b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (GdbSymbol &sym : ret) { 28830b57cec5SDimitry Andric sym.cuVectorOff = off; 28840b57cec5SDimitry Andric off += (sym.cuVector.size() + 1) * 4; 28850b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 28860b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (GdbSymbol &sym : ret) { 28870b57cec5SDimitry Andric sym.nameOff = off; 28880b57cec5SDimitry Andric off += sym.name.size() + 1; 28890b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 28900b57cec5SDimitry Andric 28910b57cec5SDimitry Andric return ret; 28920b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 28930b57cec5SDimitry Andric 28940b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Returns a newly-created .gdb_index section. 28950b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> GdbIndexSection *GdbIndexSection::create() { 289616d6b3b3SDimitry Andric // Collect InputFiles with .debug_info. See the comment in 289716d6b3b3SDimitry Andric // LLDDwarfObj<ELFT>::LLDDwarfObj. If we do lightweight parsing in the future, 289816d6b3b3SDimitry Andric // note that isec->data() may uncompress the full content, which should be 289916d6b3b3SDimitry Andric // parallelized. 290016d6b3b3SDimitry Andric SetVector<InputFile *> files; 290116d6b3b3SDimitry Andric for (InputSectionBase *s : inputSections) { 290216d6b3b3SDimitry Andric InputSection *isec = dyn_cast<InputSection>(s); 290316d6b3b3SDimitry Andric if (!isec) 290416d6b3b3SDimitry Andric continue; 29050b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .debug_gnu_pub{names,types} are useless in executables. 29060b57cec5SDimitry Andric // They are present in input object files solely for creating 29070b57cec5SDimitry Andric // a .gdb_index. So we can remove them from the output. 29080b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (s->name == ".debug_gnu_pubnames" || s->name == ".debug_gnu_pubtypes") 29090b57cec5SDimitry Andric s->markDead(); 291016d6b3b3SDimitry Andric else if (isec->name == ".debug_info") 291116d6b3b3SDimitry Andric files.insert(isec->file); 291216d6b3b3SDimitry Andric } 2913e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric // Drop .rel[a].debug_gnu_pub{names,types} for --emit-relocs. 2914e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric llvm::erase_if(inputSections, [](InputSectionBase *s) { 2915e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric if (auto *isec = dyn_cast<InputSection>(s)) 2916e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric if (InputSectionBase *rel = isec->getRelocatedSection()) 2917e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric return !rel->isLive(); 2918e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric return !s->isLive(); 2919e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric }); 29200b57cec5SDimitry Andric 29211fd87a68SDimitry Andric SmallVector<GdbChunk, 0> chunks(files.size()); 29221fd87a68SDimitry Andric SmallVector<SmallVector<NameAttrEntry, 0>, 0> nameAttrs(files.size()); 29230b57cec5SDimitry Andric 2924*81ad6265SDimitry Andric parallelFor(0, files.size(), [&](size_t i) { 29255ffd83dbSDimitry Andric // To keep memory usage low, we don't want to keep cached DWARFContext, so 29265ffd83dbSDimitry Andric // avoid getDwarf() here. 292716d6b3b3SDimitry Andric ObjFile<ELFT> *file = cast<ObjFile<ELFT>>(files[i]); 292885868e8aSDimitry Andric DWARFContext dwarf(std::make_unique<LLDDwarfObj<ELFT>>(file)); 292916d6b3b3SDimitry Andric auto &dobj = static_cast<const LLDDwarfObj<ELFT> &>(dwarf.getDWARFObj()); 29300b57cec5SDimitry Andric 293116d6b3b3SDimitry Andric // If the are multiple compile units .debug_info (very rare ld -r --unique), 293216d6b3b3SDimitry Andric // this only picks the last one. Other address ranges are lost. 293316d6b3b3SDimitry Andric chunks[i].sec = dobj.getInfoSection(); 29340b57cec5SDimitry Andric chunks[i].compilationUnits = readCuList(dwarf); 293516d6b3b3SDimitry Andric chunks[i].addressAreas = readAddressAreas(dwarf, chunks[i].sec); 293616d6b3b3SDimitry Andric nameAttrs[i] = readPubNamesAndTypes<ELFT>(dobj, chunks[i].compilationUnits); 29370b57cec5SDimitry Andric }); 29380b57cec5SDimitry Andric 29390b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto *ret = make<GdbIndexSection>(); 29400b57cec5SDimitry Andric ret->chunks = std::move(chunks); 29410b57cec5SDimitry Andric ret->symbols = createSymbols(nameAttrs, ret->chunks); 29420b57cec5SDimitry Andric ret->initOutputSize(); 29430b57cec5SDimitry Andric return ret; 29440b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 29450b57cec5SDimitry Andric 29460b57cec5SDimitry Andric void GdbIndexSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 29470b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write the header. 29480b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto *hdr = reinterpret_cast<GdbIndexHeader *>(buf); 29490b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint8_t *start = buf; 29500b57cec5SDimitry Andric hdr->version = 7; 29510b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += sizeof(*hdr); 29520b57cec5SDimitry Andric 29530b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write the CU list. 29540b57cec5SDimitry Andric hdr->cuListOff = buf - start; 29550b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (GdbChunk &chunk : chunks) { 29560b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (CuEntry &cu : chunk.compilationUnits) { 29570b57cec5SDimitry Andric write64le(buf, chunk.sec->outSecOff + cu.cuOffset); 29580b57cec5SDimitry Andric write64le(buf + 8, cu.cuLength); 29590b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += 16; 29600b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 29610b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 29620b57cec5SDimitry Andric 29630b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write the address area. 29640b57cec5SDimitry Andric hdr->cuTypesOff = buf - start; 29650b57cec5SDimitry Andric hdr->addressAreaOff = buf - start; 29660b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t cuOff = 0; 29670b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (GdbChunk &chunk : chunks) { 29680b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (AddressEntry &e : chunk.addressAreas) { 2969e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric // In the case of ICF there may be duplicate address range entries. 2970e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric const uint64_t baseAddr = e.section->repl->getVA(0); 29710b57cec5SDimitry Andric write64le(buf, baseAddr + e.lowAddress); 29720b57cec5SDimitry Andric write64le(buf + 8, baseAddr + e.highAddress); 29730b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32le(buf + 16, e.cuIndex + cuOff); 29740b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += 20; 29750b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 29760b57cec5SDimitry Andric cuOff += chunk.compilationUnits.size(); 29770b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 29780b57cec5SDimitry Andric 29790b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write the on-disk open-addressing hash table containing symbols. 29800b57cec5SDimitry Andric hdr->symtabOff = buf - start; 29810b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t symtabSize = computeSymtabSize(); 29820b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t mask = symtabSize - 1; 29830b57cec5SDimitry Andric 29840b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (GdbSymbol &sym : symbols) { 29850b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t h = sym.name.hash(); 29860b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t i = h & mask; 29870b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t step = ((h * 17) & mask) | 1; 29880b57cec5SDimitry Andric 29890b57cec5SDimitry Andric while (read32le(buf + i * 8)) 29900b57cec5SDimitry Andric i = (i + step) & mask; 29910b57cec5SDimitry Andric 29920b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32le(buf + i * 8, sym.nameOff); 29930b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32le(buf + i * 8 + 4, sym.cuVectorOff); 29940b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 29950b57cec5SDimitry Andric 29960b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += symtabSize * 8; 29970b57cec5SDimitry Andric 29980b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write the string pool. 29990b57cec5SDimitry Andric hdr->constantPoolOff = buf - start; 30000b57cec5SDimitry Andric parallelForEach(symbols, [&](GdbSymbol &sym) { 30010b57cec5SDimitry Andric memcpy(buf + sym.nameOff, sym.name.data(), sym.name.size()); 30020b57cec5SDimitry Andric }); 30030b57cec5SDimitry Andric 30040b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write the CU vectors. 30050b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (GdbSymbol &sym : symbols) { 30060b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32le(buf, sym.cuVector.size()); 30070b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += 4; 30080b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (uint32_t val : sym.cuVector) { 30090b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32le(buf, val); 30100b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += 4; 30110b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 30120b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 30130b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 30140b57cec5SDimitry Andric 30150b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool GdbIndexSection::isNeeded() const { return !chunks.empty(); } 30160b57cec5SDimitry Andric 30170b57cec5SDimitry Andric EhFrameHeader::EhFrameHeader() 30180b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_PROGBITS, 4, ".eh_frame_hdr") {} 30190b57cec5SDimitry Andric 30200b57cec5SDimitry Andric void EhFrameHeader::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 30210b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Unlike most sections, the EhFrameHeader section is written while writing 30220b57cec5SDimitry Andric // another section, namely EhFrameSection, which calls the write() function 30230b57cec5SDimitry Andric // below from its writeTo() function. This is necessary because the contents 30240b57cec5SDimitry Andric // of EhFrameHeader depend on the relocated contents of EhFrameSection and we 30250b57cec5SDimitry Andric // don't know which order the sections will be written in. 30260b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 30270b57cec5SDimitry Andric 30280b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .eh_frame_hdr contains a binary search table of pointers to FDEs. 30290b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Each entry of the search table consists of two values, 30300b57cec5SDimitry Andric // the starting PC from where FDEs covers, and the FDE's address. 30310b57cec5SDimitry Andric // It is sorted by PC. 30320b57cec5SDimitry Andric void EhFrameHeader::write() { 30330b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint8_t *buf = Out::bufferStart + getParent()->offset + outSecOff; 30340b57cec5SDimitry Andric using FdeData = EhFrameSection::FdeData; 303504eeddc0SDimitry Andric SmallVector<FdeData, 0> fdes = getPartition().ehFrame->getFdeData(); 30360b57cec5SDimitry Andric 30370b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf[0] = 1; 30380b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf[1] = DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4; 30390b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf[2] = DW_EH_PE_udata4; 30400b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf[3] = DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4; 30410b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 4, 30420b57cec5SDimitry Andric getPartition().ehFrame->getParent()->addr - this->getVA() - 4); 30430b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 8, fdes.size()); 30440b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += 12; 30450b57cec5SDimitry Andric 30460b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (FdeData &fde : fdes) { 30470b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf, fde.pcRel); 30480b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 4, fde.fdeVARel); 30490b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += 8; 30500b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 30510b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 30520b57cec5SDimitry Andric 30530b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t EhFrameHeader::getSize() const { 30540b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .eh_frame_hdr has a 12 bytes header followed by an array of FDEs. 30550b57cec5SDimitry Andric return 12 + getPartition().ehFrame->numFdes * 8; 30560b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 30570b57cec5SDimitry Andric 30580b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool EhFrameHeader::isNeeded() const { 30590b57cec5SDimitry Andric return isLive() && getPartition().ehFrame->isNeeded(); 30600b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 30610b57cec5SDimitry Andric 30620b57cec5SDimitry Andric VersionDefinitionSection::VersionDefinitionSection() 30630b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_GNU_verdef, sizeof(uint32_t), 30640b57cec5SDimitry Andric ".gnu.version_d") {} 30650b57cec5SDimitry Andric 30660b57cec5SDimitry Andric StringRef VersionDefinitionSection::getFileDefName() { 30670b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!getPartition().name.empty()) 30680b57cec5SDimitry Andric return getPartition().name; 30690b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!config->soName.empty()) 30700b57cec5SDimitry Andric return config->soName; 30710b57cec5SDimitry Andric return config->outputFile; 30720b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 30730b57cec5SDimitry Andric 30740b57cec5SDimitry Andric void VersionDefinitionSection::finalizeContents() { 30750b57cec5SDimitry Andric fileDefNameOff = getPartition().dynStrTab->addString(getFileDefName()); 307685868e8aSDimitry Andric for (const VersionDefinition &v : namedVersionDefs()) 30770b57cec5SDimitry Andric verDefNameOffs.push_back(getPartition().dynStrTab->addString(v.name)); 30780b57cec5SDimitry Andric 30790b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (OutputSection *sec = getPartition().dynStrTab->getParent()) 30800b57cec5SDimitry Andric getParent()->link = sec->sectionIndex; 30810b57cec5SDimitry Andric 30820b57cec5SDimitry Andric // sh_info should be set to the number of definitions. This fact is missed in 30830b57cec5SDimitry Andric // documentation, but confirmed by binutils community: 30840b57cec5SDimitry Andric // https://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2014-11/msg00355.html 30850b57cec5SDimitry Andric getParent()->info = getVerDefNum(); 30860b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 30870b57cec5SDimitry Andric 30880b57cec5SDimitry Andric void VersionDefinitionSection::writeOne(uint8_t *buf, uint32_t index, 30890b57cec5SDimitry Andric StringRef name, size_t nameOff) { 30900b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint16_t flags = index == 1 ? VER_FLG_BASE : 0; 30910b57cec5SDimitry Andric 30920b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write a verdef. 30930b57cec5SDimitry Andric write16(buf, 1); // vd_version 30940b57cec5SDimitry Andric write16(buf + 2, flags); // vd_flags 30950b57cec5SDimitry Andric write16(buf + 4, index); // vd_ndx 30960b57cec5SDimitry Andric write16(buf + 6, 1); // vd_cnt 30970b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 8, hashSysV(name)); // vd_hash 30980b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 12, 20); // vd_aux 30990b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 16, 28); // vd_next 31000b57cec5SDimitry Andric 31010b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write a veraux. 31020b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 20, nameOff); // vda_name 31030b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 24, 0); // vda_next 31040b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 31050b57cec5SDimitry Andric 31060b57cec5SDimitry Andric void VersionDefinitionSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 31070b57cec5SDimitry Andric writeOne(buf, 1, getFileDefName(), fileDefNameOff); 31080b57cec5SDimitry Andric 31090b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto nameOffIt = verDefNameOffs.begin(); 311085868e8aSDimitry Andric for (const VersionDefinition &v : namedVersionDefs()) { 31110b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += EntrySize; 31120b57cec5SDimitry Andric writeOne(buf, v.id, v.name, *nameOffIt++); 31130b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 31140b57cec5SDimitry Andric 31150b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Need to terminate the last version definition. 31160b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 16, 0); // vd_next 31170b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 31180b57cec5SDimitry Andric 31190b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t VersionDefinitionSection::getSize() const { 31200b57cec5SDimitry Andric return EntrySize * getVerDefNum(); 31210b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 31220b57cec5SDimitry Andric 31230b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .gnu.version is a table where each entry is 2 byte long. 31240b57cec5SDimitry Andric VersionTableSection::VersionTableSection() 31250b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_GNU_versym, sizeof(uint16_t), 31260b57cec5SDimitry Andric ".gnu.version") { 31270b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->entsize = 2; 31280b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 31290b57cec5SDimitry Andric 31300b57cec5SDimitry Andric void VersionTableSection::finalizeContents() { 31310b57cec5SDimitry Andric // At the moment of june 2016 GNU docs does not mention that sh_link field 31320b57cec5SDimitry Andric // should be set, but Sun docs do. Also readelf relies on this field. 31330b57cec5SDimitry Andric getParent()->link = getPartition().dynSymTab->getParent()->sectionIndex; 31340b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 31350b57cec5SDimitry Andric 31360b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t VersionTableSection::getSize() const { 31370b57cec5SDimitry Andric return (getPartition().dynSymTab->getSymbols().size() + 1) * 2; 31380b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 31390b57cec5SDimitry Andric 31400b57cec5SDimitry Andric void VersionTableSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 31410b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += 2; 31420b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const SymbolTableEntry &s : getPartition().dynSymTab->getSymbols()) { 31434824e7fdSDimitry Andric // For an unextracted lazy symbol (undefined weak), it must have been 3144349cc55cSDimitry Andric // converted to Undefined and have VER_NDX_GLOBAL version here. 3145349cc55cSDimitry Andric assert(!s.sym->isLazy()); 3146349cc55cSDimitry Andric write16(buf, s.sym->versionId); 31470b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += 2; 31480b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 31490b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 31500b57cec5SDimitry Andric 31510b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool VersionTableSection::isNeeded() const { 3152480093f4SDimitry Andric return isLive() && 3153480093f4SDimitry Andric (getPartition().verDef || getPartition().verNeed->isNeeded()); 31540b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 31550b57cec5SDimitry Andric 31565ffd83dbSDimitry Andric void elf::addVerneed(Symbol *ss) { 31570b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto &file = cast<SharedFile>(*ss->file); 31580b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (ss->verdefIndex == VER_NDX_GLOBAL) { 31590b57cec5SDimitry Andric ss->versionId = VER_NDX_GLOBAL; 31600b57cec5SDimitry Andric return; 31610b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 31620b57cec5SDimitry Andric 31630b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (file.vernauxs.empty()) 31640b57cec5SDimitry Andric file.vernauxs.resize(file.verdefs.size()); 31650b57cec5SDimitry Andric 31660b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Select a version identifier for the vernaux data structure, if we haven't 31670b57cec5SDimitry Andric // already allocated one. The verdef identifiers cover the range 31680b57cec5SDimitry Andric // [1..getVerDefNum()]; this causes the vernaux identifiers to start from 31690b57cec5SDimitry Andric // getVerDefNum()+1. 31700b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (file.vernauxs[ss->verdefIndex] == 0) 31710b57cec5SDimitry Andric file.vernauxs[ss->verdefIndex] = ++SharedFile::vernauxNum + getVerDefNum(); 31720b57cec5SDimitry Andric 31730b57cec5SDimitry Andric ss->versionId = file.vernauxs[ss->verdefIndex]; 31740b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 31750b57cec5SDimitry Andric 31760b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> 31770b57cec5SDimitry Andric VersionNeedSection<ELFT>::VersionNeedSection() 31780b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_GNU_verneed, sizeof(uint32_t), 31790b57cec5SDimitry Andric ".gnu.version_r") {} 31800b57cec5SDimitry Andric 31810b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void VersionNeedSection<ELFT>::finalizeContents() { 3182*81ad6265SDimitry Andric for (SharedFile *f : ctx->sharedFiles) { 31830b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (f->vernauxs.empty()) 31840b57cec5SDimitry Andric continue; 31850b57cec5SDimitry Andric verneeds.emplace_back(); 31860b57cec5SDimitry Andric Verneed &vn = verneeds.back(); 31870b57cec5SDimitry Andric vn.nameStrTab = getPartition().dynStrTab->addString(f->soName); 3188*81ad6265SDimitry Andric bool isLibc = config->relrGlibc && f->soName.startswith("libc.so."); 3189*81ad6265SDimitry Andric bool isGlibc2 = false; 31900b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (unsigned i = 0; i != f->vernauxs.size(); ++i) { 31910b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (f->vernauxs[i] == 0) 31920b57cec5SDimitry Andric continue; 31930b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto *verdef = 31940b57cec5SDimitry Andric reinterpret_cast<const typename ELFT::Verdef *>(f->verdefs[i]); 3195*81ad6265SDimitry Andric StringRef ver(f->getStringTable().data() + verdef->getAux()->vda_name); 3196*81ad6265SDimitry Andric if (isLibc && ver.startswith("GLIBC_2.")) 3197*81ad6265SDimitry Andric isGlibc2 = true; 3198*81ad6265SDimitry Andric vn.vernauxs.push_back({verdef->vd_hash, f->vernauxs[i], 3199*81ad6265SDimitry Andric getPartition().dynStrTab->addString(ver)}); 3200*81ad6265SDimitry Andric } 3201*81ad6265SDimitry Andric if (isGlibc2) { 3202*81ad6265SDimitry Andric const char *ver = "GLIBC_ABI_DT_RELR"; 3203*81ad6265SDimitry Andric vn.vernauxs.push_back({hashSysV(ver), 3204*81ad6265SDimitry Andric ++SharedFile::vernauxNum + getVerDefNum(), 3205*81ad6265SDimitry Andric getPartition().dynStrTab->addString(ver)}); 32060b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 32070b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 32080b57cec5SDimitry Andric 32090b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (OutputSection *sec = getPartition().dynStrTab->getParent()) 32100b57cec5SDimitry Andric getParent()->link = sec->sectionIndex; 32110b57cec5SDimitry Andric getParent()->info = verneeds.size(); 32120b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 32130b57cec5SDimitry Andric 32140b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void VersionNeedSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 32150b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The Elf_Verneeds need to appear first, followed by the Elf_Vernauxs. 32160b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto *verneed = reinterpret_cast<Elf_Verneed *>(buf); 32170b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto *vernaux = reinterpret_cast<Elf_Vernaux *>(verneed + verneeds.size()); 32180b57cec5SDimitry Andric 32190b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (auto &vn : verneeds) { 32200b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Create an Elf_Verneed for this DSO. 32210b57cec5SDimitry Andric verneed->vn_version = 1; 32220b57cec5SDimitry Andric verneed->vn_cnt = vn.vernauxs.size(); 32230b57cec5SDimitry Andric verneed->vn_file = vn.nameStrTab; 32240b57cec5SDimitry Andric verneed->vn_aux = 32250b57cec5SDimitry Andric reinterpret_cast<char *>(vernaux) - reinterpret_cast<char *>(verneed); 32260b57cec5SDimitry Andric verneed->vn_next = sizeof(Elf_Verneed); 32270b57cec5SDimitry Andric ++verneed; 32280b57cec5SDimitry Andric 32290b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Create the Elf_Vernauxs for this Elf_Verneed. 32300b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (auto &vna : vn.vernauxs) { 32310b57cec5SDimitry Andric vernaux->vna_hash = vna.hash; 32320b57cec5SDimitry Andric vernaux->vna_flags = 0; 32330b57cec5SDimitry Andric vernaux->vna_other = vna.verneedIndex; 32340b57cec5SDimitry Andric vernaux->vna_name = vna.nameStrTab; 32350b57cec5SDimitry Andric vernaux->vna_next = sizeof(Elf_Vernaux); 32360b57cec5SDimitry Andric ++vernaux; 32370b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 32380b57cec5SDimitry Andric 32390b57cec5SDimitry Andric vernaux[-1].vna_next = 0; 32400b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 32410b57cec5SDimitry Andric verneed[-1].vn_next = 0; 32420b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 32430b57cec5SDimitry Andric 32440b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> size_t VersionNeedSection<ELFT>::getSize() const { 32450b57cec5SDimitry Andric return verneeds.size() * sizeof(Elf_Verneed) + 32460b57cec5SDimitry Andric SharedFile::vernauxNum * sizeof(Elf_Vernaux); 32470b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 32480b57cec5SDimitry Andric 32490b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> bool VersionNeedSection<ELFT>::isNeeded() const { 3250480093f4SDimitry Andric return isLive() && SharedFile::vernauxNum != 0; 32510b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 32520b57cec5SDimitry Andric 32530b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MergeSyntheticSection::addSection(MergeInputSection *ms) { 32540b57cec5SDimitry Andric ms->parent = this; 32550b57cec5SDimitry Andric sections.push_back(ms); 32560b57cec5SDimitry Andric assert(alignment == ms->alignment || !(ms->flags & SHF_STRINGS)); 32570b57cec5SDimitry Andric alignment = std::max(alignment, ms->alignment); 32580b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 32590b57cec5SDimitry Andric 32600b57cec5SDimitry Andric MergeTailSection::MergeTailSection(StringRef name, uint32_t type, 32610b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t flags, uint32_t alignment) 32620b57cec5SDimitry Andric : MergeSyntheticSection(name, type, flags, alignment), 32630b57cec5SDimitry Andric builder(StringTableBuilder::RAW, alignment) {} 32640b57cec5SDimitry Andric 32650b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t MergeTailSection::getSize() const { return builder.getSize(); } 32660b57cec5SDimitry Andric 32670b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MergeTailSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { builder.write(buf); } 32680b57cec5SDimitry Andric 32690b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MergeTailSection::finalizeContents() { 32700b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Add all string pieces to the string table builder to create section 32710b57cec5SDimitry Andric // contents. 32720b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (MergeInputSection *sec : sections) 32730b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (size_t i = 0, e = sec->pieces.size(); i != e; ++i) 32740b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (sec->pieces[i].live) 32750b57cec5SDimitry Andric builder.add(sec->getData(i)); 32760b57cec5SDimitry Andric 32770b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Fix the string table content. After this, the contents will never change. 32780b57cec5SDimitry Andric builder.finalize(); 32790b57cec5SDimitry Andric 32800b57cec5SDimitry Andric // finalize() fixed tail-optimized strings, so we can now get 32810b57cec5SDimitry Andric // offsets of strings. Get an offset for each string and save it 32820b57cec5SDimitry Andric // to a corresponding SectionPiece for easy access. 32830b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (MergeInputSection *sec : sections) 32840b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (size_t i = 0, e = sec->pieces.size(); i != e; ++i) 32850b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (sec->pieces[i].live) 32860b57cec5SDimitry Andric sec->pieces[i].outputOff = builder.getOffset(sec->getData(i)); 32870b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 32880b57cec5SDimitry Andric 32890b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MergeNoTailSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 3290*81ad6265SDimitry Andric parallelFor(0, numShards, 32910eae32dcSDimitry Andric [&](size_t i) { shards[i].write(buf + shardOffsets[i]); }); 32920b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 32930b57cec5SDimitry Andric 32940b57cec5SDimitry Andric // This function is very hot (i.e. it can take several seconds to finish) 32950b57cec5SDimitry Andric // because sometimes the number of inputs is in an order of magnitude of 32960b57cec5SDimitry Andric // millions. So, we use multi-threading. 32970b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 32980b57cec5SDimitry Andric // For any strings S and T, we know S is not mergeable with T if S's hash 32990b57cec5SDimitry Andric // value is different from T's. If that's the case, we can safely put S and 33000b57cec5SDimitry Andric // T into different string builders without worrying about merge misses. 33010b57cec5SDimitry Andric // We do it in parallel. 33020b57cec5SDimitry Andric void MergeNoTailSection::finalizeContents() { 33030b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Initializes string table builders. 33040b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (size_t i = 0; i < numShards; ++i) 33050b57cec5SDimitry Andric shards.emplace_back(StringTableBuilder::RAW, alignment); 33060b57cec5SDimitry Andric 33070b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Concurrency level. Must be a power of 2 to avoid expensive modulo 33080b57cec5SDimitry Andric // operations in the following tight loop. 33095ffd83dbSDimitry Andric size_t concurrency = PowerOf2Floor( 33105ffd83dbSDimitry Andric std::min<size_t>(hardware_concurrency(parallel::strategy.ThreadsRequested) 33115ffd83dbSDimitry Andric .compute_thread_count(), 33125ffd83dbSDimitry Andric numShards)); 33130b57cec5SDimitry Andric 33140b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Add section pieces to the builders. 3315*81ad6265SDimitry Andric parallelFor(0, concurrency, [&](size_t threadId) { 33160b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (MergeInputSection *sec : sections) { 33170b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (size_t i = 0, e = sec->pieces.size(); i != e; ++i) { 33180b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!sec->pieces[i].live) 33190b57cec5SDimitry Andric continue; 33200b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t shardId = getShardId(sec->pieces[i].hash); 33210b57cec5SDimitry Andric if ((shardId & (concurrency - 1)) == threadId) 33220b57cec5SDimitry Andric sec->pieces[i].outputOff = shards[shardId].add(sec->getData(i)); 33230b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 33240b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 33250b57cec5SDimitry Andric }); 33260b57cec5SDimitry Andric 33270b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Compute an in-section offset for each shard. 33280b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t off = 0; 33290b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (size_t i = 0; i < numShards; ++i) { 33300b57cec5SDimitry Andric shards[i].finalizeInOrder(); 33310b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (shards[i].getSize() > 0) 33320b57cec5SDimitry Andric off = alignTo(off, alignment); 33330b57cec5SDimitry Andric shardOffsets[i] = off; 33340b57cec5SDimitry Andric off += shards[i].getSize(); 33350b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 33360b57cec5SDimitry Andric size = off; 33370b57cec5SDimitry Andric 33380b57cec5SDimitry Andric // So far, section pieces have offsets from beginning of shards, but 33390b57cec5SDimitry Andric // we want offsets from beginning of the whole section. Fix them. 33400b57cec5SDimitry Andric parallelForEach(sections, [&](MergeInputSection *sec) { 33410b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (size_t i = 0, e = sec->pieces.size(); i != e; ++i) 33420b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (sec->pieces[i].live) 33430b57cec5SDimitry Andric sec->pieces[i].outputOff += 33440b57cec5SDimitry Andric shardOffsets[getShardId(sec->pieces[i].hash)]; 33450b57cec5SDimitry Andric }); 33460b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 33470b57cec5SDimitry Andric 33485ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template <class ELFT> void elf::splitSections() { 33495ffd83dbSDimitry Andric llvm::TimeTraceScope timeScope("Split sections"); 33500b57cec5SDimitry Andric // splitIntoPieces needs to be called on each MergeInputSection 33510b57cec5SDimitry Andric // before calling finalizeContents(). 3352*81ad6265SDimitry Andric parallelForEach(ctx->objectFiles, [](ELFFileBase *file) { 33531fd87a68SDimitry Andric for (InputSectionBase *sec : file->getSections()) { 33541fd87a68SDimitry Andric if (!sec) 33551fd87a68SDimitry Andric continue; 33560b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (auto *s = dyn_cast<MergeInputSection>(sec)) 33570b57cec5SDimitry Andric s->splitIntoPieces(); 33580b57cec5SDimitry Andric else if (auto *eh = dyn_cast<EhInputSection>(sec)) 33590b57cec5SDimitry Andric eh->split<ELFT>(); 33601fd87a68SDimitry Andric } 33610b57cec5SDimitry Andric }); 33620b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 33630b57cec5SDimitry Andric 33640b57cec5SDimitry Andric MipsRldMapSection::MipsRldMapSection() 33650b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, SHT_PROGBITS, config->wordsize, 33660b57cec5SDimitry Andric ".rld_map") {} 33670b57cec5SDimitry Andric 33680b57cec5SDimitry Andric ARMExidxSyntheticSection::ARMExidxSyntheticSection() 33690b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_LINK_ORDER, SHT_ARM_EXIDX, 33700b57cec5SDimitry Andric config->wordsize, ".ARM.exidx") {} 33710b57cec5SDimitry Andric 33720b57cec5SDimitry Andric static InputSection *findExidxSection(InputSection *isec) { 33730b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (InputSection *d : isec->dependentSections) 33745ffd83dbSDimitry Andric if (d->type == SHT_ARM_EXIDX && d->isLive()) 33750b57cec5SDimitry Andric return d; 33760b57cec5SDimitry Andric return nullptr; 33770b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 33780b57cec5SDimitry Andric 337985868e8aSDimitry Andric static bool isValidExidxSectionDep(InputSection *isec) { 338085868e8aSDimitry Andric return (isec->flags & SHF_ALLOC) && (isec->flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) && 338185868e8aSDimitry Andric isec->getSize() > 0; 338285868e8aSDimitry Andric } 338385868e8aSDimitry Andric 33840b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool ARMExidxSyntheticSection::addSection(InputSection *isec) { 33850b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (isec->type == SHT_ARM_EXIDX) { 338685868e8aSDimitry Andric if (InputSection *dep = isec->getLinkOrderDep()) 33875ffd83dbSDimitry Andric if (isValidExidxSectionDep(dep)) { 33880b57cec5SDimitry Andric exidxSections.push_back(isec); 33895ffd83dbSDimitry Andric // Every exidxSection is 8 bytes, we need an estimate of 33905ffd83dbSDimitry Andric // size before assignAddresses can be called. Final size 33915ffd83dbSDimitry Andric // will only be known after finalize is called. 33925ffd83dbSDimitry Andric size += 8; 33935ffd83dbSDimitry Andric } 33940b57cec5SDimitry Andric return true; 33950b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 33960b57cec5SDimitry Andric 339785868e8aSDimitry Andric if (isValidExidxSectionDep(isec)) { 33980b57cec5SDimitry Andric executableSections.push_back(isec); 33990b57cec5SDimitry Andric return false; 34000b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 34010b57cec5SDimitry Andric 34020b57cec5SDimitry Andric // FIXME: we do not output a relocation section when --emit-relocs is used 34030b57cec5SDimitry Andric // as we do not have relocation sections for linker generated table entries 34040b57cec5SDimitry Andric // and we would have to erase at a late stage relocations from merged entries. 34050b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Given that exception tables are already position independent and a binary 34060b57cec5SDimitry Andric // analyzer could derive the relocations we choose to erase the relocations. 34070b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->emitRelocs && isec->type == SHT_REL) 34080b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (InputSectionBase *ex = isec->getRelocatedSection()) 34090b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (isa<InputSection>(ex) && ex->type == SHT_ARM_EXIDX) 34100b57cec5SDimitry Andric return true; 34110b57cec5SDimitry Andric 34120b57cec5SDimitry Andric return false; 34130b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 34140b57cec5SDimitry Andric 34150b57cec5SDimitry Andric // References to .ARM.Extab Sections have bit 31 clear and are not the 34160b57cec5SDimitry Andric // special EXIDX_CANTUNWIND bit-pattern. 34170b57cec5SDimitry Andric static bool isExtabRef(uint32_t unwind) { 34180b57cec5SDimitry Andric return (unwind & 0x80000000) == 0 && unwind != 0x1; 34190b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 34200b57cec5SDimitry Andric 34210b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Return true if the .ARM.exidx section Cur can be merged into the .ARM.exidx 34220b57cec5SDimitry Andric // section Prev, where Cur follows Prev in the table. This can be done if the 34230b57cec5SDimitry Andric // unwinding instructions in Cur are identical to Prev. Linker generated 34240b57cec5SDimitry Andric // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entries are represented by nullptr as they do not have an 34250b57cec5SDimitry Andric // InputSection. 34260b57cec5SDimitry Andric static bool isDuplicateArmExidxSec(InputSection *prev, InputSection *cur) { 34270b57cec5SDimitry Andric 34280b57cec5SDimitry Andric struct ExidxEntry { 34290b57cec5SDimitry Andric ulittle32_t fn; 34300b57cec5SDimitry Andric ulittle32_t unwind; 34310b57cec5SDimitry Andric }; 34320b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Get the last table Entry from the previous .ARM.exidx section. If Prev is 34330b57cec5SDimitry Andric // nullptr then it will be a synthesized EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry. 34340b57cec5SDimitry Andric ExidxEntry prevEntry = {ulittle32_t(0), ulittle32_t(1)}; 34350b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (prev) 34360b57cec5SDimitry Andric prevEntry = prev->getDataAs<ExidxEntry>().back(); 34370b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (isExtabRef(prevEntry.unwind)) 34380b57cec5SDimitry Andric return false; 34390b57cec5SDimitry Andric 34400b57cec5SDimitry Andric // We consider the unwind instructions of an .ARM.exidx table entry 34410b57cec5SDimitry Andric // a duplicate if the previous unwind instructions if: 34420b57cec5SDimitry Andric // - Both are the special EXIDX_CANTUNWIND. 34430b57cec5SDimitry Andric // - Both are the same inline unwind instructions. 34440b57cec5SDimitry Andric // We do not attempt to follow and check links into .ARM.extab tables as 34450b57cec5SDimitry Andric // consecutive identical entries are rare and the effort to check that they 34460b57cec5SDimitry Andric // are identical is high. 34470b57cec5SDimitry Andric 34480b57cec5SDimitry Andric // If Cur is nullptr then this is synthesized EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry. 34490b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (cur == nullptr) 34500b57cec5SDimitry Andric return prevEntry.unwind == 1; 34510b57cec5SDimitry Andric 34520b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (const ExidxEntry entry : cur->getDataAs<ExidxEntry>()) 34530b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (isExtabRef(entry.unwind) || entry.unwind != prevEntry.unwind) 34540b57cec5SDimitry Andric return false; 34550b57cec5SDimitry Andric 34560b57cec5SDimitry Andric // All table entries in this .ARM.exidx Section can be merged into the 34570b57cec5SDimitry Andric // previous Section. 34580b57cec5SDimitry Andric return true; 34590b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 34600b57cec5SDimitry Andric 34610b57cec5SDimitry Andric // The .ARM.exidx table must be sorted in ascending order of the address of the 34620b57cec5SDimitry Andric // functions the table describes. Optionally duplicate adjacent table entries 34630b57cec5SDimitry Andric // can be removed. At the end of the function the executableSections must be 34640b57cec5SDimitry Andric // sorted in ascending order of address, Sentinel is set to the InputSection 34650b57cec5SDimitry Andric // with the highest address and any InputSections that have mergeable 34660b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .ARM.exidx table entries are removed from it. 34670b57cec5SDimitry Andric void ARMExidxSyntheticSection::finalizeContents() { 346885868e8aSDimitry Andric // The executableSections and exidxSections that we use to derive the final 346985868e8aSDimitry Andric // contents of this SyntheticSection are populated before 347085868e8aSDimitry Andric // processSectionCommands() and ICF. A /DISCARD/ entry in SECTIONS command or 347185868e8aSDimitry Andric // ICF may remove executable InputSections and their dependent .ARM.exidx 347285868e8aSDimitry Andric // section that we recorded earlier. 34730b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto isDiscarded = [](const InputSection *isec) { return !isec->isLive(); }; 34740b57cec5SDimitry Andric llvm::erase_if(exidxSections, isDiscarded); 34755ffd83dbSDimitry Andric // We need to remove discarded InputSections and InputSections without 34765ffd83dbSDimitry Andric // .ARM.exidx sections that if we generated the .ARM.exidx it would be out 34775ffd83dbSDimitry Andric // of range. 34785ffd83dbSDimitry Andric auto isDiscardedOrOutOfRange = [this](InputSection *isec) { 34795ffd83dbSDimitry Andric if (!isec->isLive()) 34805ffd83dbSDimitry Andric return true; 34815ffd83dbSDimitry Andric if (findExidxSection(isec)) 34825ffd83dbSDimitry Andric return false; 34835ffd83dbSDimitry Andric int64_t off = static_cast<int64_t>(isec->getVA() - getVA()); 34845ffd83dbSDimitry Andric return off != llvm::SignExtend64(off, 31); 34855ffd83dbSDimitry Andric }; 34865ffd83dbSDimitry Andric llvm::erase_if(executableSections, isDiscardedOrOutOfRange); 34870b57cec5SDimitry Andric 34880b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Sort the executable sections that may or may not have associated 34890b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .ARM.exidx sections by order of ascending address. This requires the 34905ffd83dbSDimitry Andric // relative positions of InputSections and OutputSections to be known. 34910b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto compareByFilePosition = [](const InputSection *a, 34920b57cec5SDimitry Andric const InputSection *b) { 34930b57cec5SDimitry Andric OutputSection *aOut = a->getParent(); 34940b57cec5SDimitry Andric OutputSection *bOut = b->getParent(); 34950b57cec5SDimitry Andric 34960b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (aOut != bOut) 34975ffd83dbSDimitry Andric return aOut->addr < bOut->addr; 34980b57cec5SDimitry Andric return a->outSecOff < b->outSecOff; 34990b57cec5SDimitry Andric }; 35000b57cec5SDimitry Andric llvm::stable_sort(executableSections, compareByFilePosition); 35010b57cec5SDimitry Andric sentinel = executableSections.back(); 35020b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Optionally merge adjacent duplicate entries. 35030b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->mergeArmExidx) { 35041fd87a68SDimitry Andric SmallVector<InputSection *, 0> selectedSections; 35050b57cec5SDimitry Andric selectedSections.reserve(executableSections.size()); 35060b57cec5SDimitry Andric selectedSections.push_back(executableSections[0]); 35070b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t prev = 0; 35080b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (size_t i = 1; i < executableSections.size(); ++i) { 35090b57cec5SDimitry Andric InputSection *ex1 = findExidxSection(executableSections[prev]); 35100b57cec5SDimitry Andric InputSection *ex2 = findExidxSection(executableSections[i]); 35110b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!isDuplicateArmExidxSec(ex1, ex2)) { 35120b57cec5SDimitry Andric selectedSections.push_back(executableSections[i]); 35130b57cec5SDimitry Andric prev = i; 35140b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 35150b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 35160b57cec5SDimitry Andric executableSections = std::move(selectedSections); 35170b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 35180b57cec5SDimitry Andric 35190b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t offset = 0; 35200b57cec5SDimitry Andric size = 0; 35210b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (InputSection *isec : executableSections) { 35220b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (InputSection *d = findExidxSection(isec)) { 35230b57cec5SDimitry Andric d->outSecOff = offset; 35240b57cec5SDimitry Andric d->parent = getParent(); 35250b57cec5SDimitry Andric offset += d->getSize(); 35260b57cec5SDimitry Andric } else { 35270b57cec5SDimitry Andric offset += 8; 35280b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 35290b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 35300b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Size includes Sentinel. 35310b57cec5SDimitry Andric size = offset + 8; 35320b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 35330b57cec5SDimitry Andric 35340b57cec5SDimitry Andric InputSection *ARMExidxSyntheticSection::getLinkOrderDep() const { 35350b57cec5SDimitry Andric return executableSections.front(); 35360b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 35370b57cec5SDimitry Andric 35380b57cec5SDimitry Andric // To write the .ARM.exidx table from the ExecutableSections we have three cases 35390b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 1.) The InputSection has a .ARM.exidx InputSection in its dependent sections. 35400b57cec5SDimitry Andric // We write the .ARM.exidx section contents and apply its relocations. 35410b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 2.) The InputSection does not have a dependent .ARM.exidx InputSection. We 35420b57cec5SDimitry Andric // must write the contents of an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND directly. We use the 35430b57cec5SDimitry Andric // start of the InputSection as the purpose of the linker generated 35440b57cec5SDimitry Andric // section is to terminate the address range of the previous entry. 35450b57cec5SDimitry Andric // 3.) A trailing EXIDX_CANTUNWIND sentinel section is required at the end of 35460b57cec5SDimitry Andric // the table to terminate the address range of the final entry. 35470b57cec5SDimitry Andric void ARMExidxSyntheticSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 35480b57cec5SDimitry Andric 35490b57cec5SDimitry Andric const uint8_t cantUnwindData[8] = {0, 0, 0, 0, // PREL31 to target 35500b57cec5SDimitry Andric 1, 0, 0, 0}; // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND 35510b57cec5SDimitry Andric 35520b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t offset = 0; 35530b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (InputSection *isec : executableSections) { 35540b57cec5SDimitry Andric assert(isec->getParent() != nullptr); 35550b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (InputSection *d = findExidxSection(isec)) { 3556*81ad6265SDimitry Andric memcpy(buf + offset, d->rawData.data(), d->rawData.size()); 3557e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric d->relocateAlloc(buf + d->outSecOff, buf + d->outSecOff + d->getSize()); 35580b57cec5SDimitry Andric offset += d->getSize(); 35590b57cec5SDimitry Andric } else { 35600b57cec5SDimitry Andric // A Linker generated CANTUNWIND section. 35610b57cec5SDimitry Andric memcpy(buf + offset, cantUnwindData, sizeof(cantUnwindData)); 35620b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t s = isec->getVA(); 35630b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t p = getVA() + offset; 35645ffd83dbSDimitry Andric target->relocateNoSym(buf + offset, R_ARM_PREL31, s - p); 35650b57cec5SDimitry Andric offset += 8; 35660b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 35670b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 35680b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write Sentinel. 35690b57cec5SDimitry Andric memcpy(buf + offset, cantUnwindData, sizeof(cantUnwindData)); 35700b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t s = sentinel->getVA(sentinel->getSize()); 35710b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t p = getVA() + offset; 35725ffd83dbSDimitry Andric target->relocateNoSym(buf + offset, R_ARM_PREL31, s - p); 35730b57cec5SDimitry Andric assert(size == offset + 8); 35740b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 35750b57cec5SDimitry Andric 357685868e8aSDimitry Andric bool ARMExidxSyntheticSection::isNeeded() const { 3577349cc55cSDimitry Andric return llvm::any_of(exidxSections, 3578349cc55cSDimitry Andric [](InputSection *isec) { return isec->isLive(); }); 357985868e8aSDimitry Andric } 358085868e8aSDimitry Andric 35810b57cec5SDimitry Andric ThunkSection::ThunkSection(OutputSection *os, uint64_t off) 3582e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR, SHT_PROGBITS, 3583e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric config->emachine == EM_PPC64 ? 16 : 4, ".text.thunk") { 35840b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->parent = os; 35850b57cec5SDimitry Andric this->outSecOff = off; 35860b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 35870b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3588480093f4SDimitry Andric size_t ThunkSection::getSize() const { 358913138422SDimitry Andric if (roundUpSizeForErrata) 3590480093f4SDimitry Andric return alignTo(size, 4096); 3591480093f4SDimitry Andric return size; 3592480093f4SDimitry Andric } 3593480093f4SDimitry Andric 35940b57cec5SDimitry Andric void ThunkSection::addThunk(Thunk *t) { 35950b57cec5SDimitry Andric thunks.push_back(t); 35960b57cec5SDimitry Andric t->addSymbols(*this); 35970b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 35980b57cec5SDimitry Andric 35990b57cec5SDimitry Andric void ThunkSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 36000b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (Thunk *t : thunks) 36010b57cec5SDimitry Andric t->writeTo(buf + t->offset); 36020b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 36030b57cec5SDimitry Andric 36040b57cec5SDimitry Andric InputSection *ThunkSection::getTargetInputSection() const { 36050b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (thunks.empty()) 36060b57cec5SDimitry Andric return nullptr; 36070b57cec5SDimitry Andric const Thunk *t = thunks.front(); 36080b57cec5SDimitry Andric return t->getTargetInputSection(); 36090b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 36100b57cec5SDimitry Andric 36110b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool ThunkSection::assignOffsets() { 36120b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t off = 0; 36130b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (Thunk *t : thunks) { 36140b57cec5SDimitry Andric off = alignTo(off, t->alignment); 36150b57cec5SDimitry Andric t->setOffset(off); 36160b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint32_t size = t->size(); 36170b57cec5SDimitry Andric t->getThunkTargetSym()->size = size; 36180b57cec5SDimitry Andric off += size; 36190b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 36200b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool changed = off != size; 36210b57cec5SDimitry Andric size = off; 36220b57cec5SDimitry Andric return changed; 36230b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 36240b57cec5SDimitry Andric 36250b57cec5SDimitry Andric PPC32Got2Section::PPC32Got2Section() 36260b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, SHT_PROGBITS, 4, ".got2") {} 36270b57cec5SDimitry Andric 36280b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool PPC32Got2Section::isNeeded() const { 36290b57cec5SDimitry Andric // See the comment below. This is not needed if there is no other 36300b57cec5SDimitry Andric // InputSection. 36314824e7fdSDimitry Andric for (SectionCommand *cmd : getParent()->commands) 36324824e7fdSDimitry Andric if (auto *isd = dyn_cast<InputSectionDescription>(cmd)) 36330b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (InputSection *isec : isd->sections) 36340b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (isec != this) 36350b57cec5SDimitry Andric return true; 36360b57cec5SDimitry Andric return false; 36370b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 36380b57cec5SDimitry Andric 36390b57cec5SDimitry Andric void PPC32Got2Section::finalizeContents() { 36400b57cec5SDimitry Andric // PPC32 may create multiple GOT sections for -fPIC/-fPIE, one per file in 36410b57cec5SDimitry Andric // .got2 . This function computes outSecOff of each .got2 to be used in 36420b57cec5SDimitry Andric // PPC32PltCallStub::writeTo(). The purpose of this empty synthetic section is 36430b57cec5SDimitry Andric // to collect input sections named ".got2". 36444824e7fdSDimitry Andric for (SectionCommand *cmd : getParent()->commands) 36454824e7fdSDimitry Andric if (auto *isd = dyn_cast<InputSectionDescription>(cmd)) { 36460b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (InputSection *isec : isd->sections) { 36470eae32dcSDimitry Andric // isec->file may be nullptr for MergeSyntheticSection. 36480eae32dcSDimitry Andric if (isec != this && isec->file) 36490eae32dcSDimitry Andric isec->file->ppc32Got2 = isec; 36500b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 36510b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 36520b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 36530b57cec5SDimitry Andric 36540b57cec5SDimitry Andric // If linking position-dependent code then the table will store the addresses 36550b57cec5SDimitry Andric // directly in the binary so the section has type SHT_PROGBITS. If linking 36560b57cec5SDimitry Andric // position-independent code the section has type SHT_NOBITS since it will be 36570b57cec5SDimitry Andric // allocated and filled in by the dynamic linker. 36580b57cec5SDimitry Andric PPC64LongBranchTargetSection::PPC64LongBranchTargetSection() 36590b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE, 36600b57cec5SDimitry Andric config->isPic ? SHT_NOBITS : SHT_PROGBITS, 8, 36610b57cec5SDimitry Andric ".branch_lt") {} 36620b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3663480093f4SDimitry Andric uint64_t PPC64LongBranchTargetSection::getEntryVA(const Symbol *sym, 3664480093f4SDimitry Andric int64_t addend) { 3665480093f4SDimitry Andric return getVA() + entry_index.find({sym, addend})->second * 8; 3666480093f4SDimitry Andric } 3667480093f4SDimitry Andric 3668480093f4SDimitry Andric Optional<uint32_t> PPC64LongBranchTargetSection::addEntry(const Symbol *sym, 3669480093f4SDimitry Andric int64_t addend) { 3670480093f4SDimitry Andric auto res = 3671480093f4SDimitry Andric entry_index.try_emplace(std::make_pair(sym, addend), entries.size()); 3672480093f4SDimitry Andric if (!res.second) 3673480093f4SDimitry Andric return None; 3674480093f4SDimitry Andric entries.emplace_back(sym, addend); 3675480093f4SDimitry Andric return res.first->second; 36760b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 36770b57cec5SDimitry Andric 36780b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t PPC64LongBranchTargetSection::getSize() const { 36790b57cec5SDimitry Andric return entries.size() * 8; 36800b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 36810b57cec5SDimitry Andric 36820b57cec5SDimitry Andric void PPC64LongBranchTargetSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 36830b57cec5SDimitry Andric // If linking non-pic we have the final addresses of the targets and they get 36840b57cec5SDimitry Andric // written to the table directly. For pic the dynamic linker will allocate 36850b57cec5SDimitry Andric // the section and fill it it. 36860b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->isPic) 36870b57cec5SDimitry Andric return; 36880b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3689480093f4SDimitry Andric for (auto entry : entries) { 3690480093f4SDimitry Andric const Symbol *sym = entry.first; 3691480093f4SDimitry Andric int64_t addend = entry.second; 36920b57cec5SDimitry Andric assert(sym->getVA()); 36930b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Need calls to branch to the local entry-point since a long-branch 36940b57cec5SDimitry Andric // must be a local-call. 3695480093f4SDimitry Andric write64(buf, sym->getVA(addend) + 3696480093f4SDimitry Andric getPPC64GlobalEntryToLocalEntryOffset(sym->stOther)); 36970b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += 8; 36980b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 36990b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 37000b57cec5SDimitry Andric 37010b57cec5SDimitry Andric bool PPC64LongBranchTargetSection::isNeeded() const { 37020b57cec5SDimitry Andric // `removeUnusedSyntheticSections()` is called before thunk allocation which 37030b57cec5SDimitry Andric // is too early to determine if this section will be empty or not. We need 37040b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Finalized to keep the section alive until after thunk creation. Finalized 37050b57cec5SDimitry Andric // only gets set to true once `finalizeSections()` is called after thunk 3706480093f4SDimitry Andric // creation. Because of this, if we don't create any long-branch thunks we end 37070b57cec5SDimitry Andric // up with an empty .branch_lt section in the binary. 37080b57cec5SDimitry Andric return !finalized || !entries.empty(); 37090b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 37100b57cec5SDimitry Andric 37110b57cec5SDimitry Andric static uint8_t getAbiVersion() { 37120b57cec5SDimitry Andric // MIPS non-PIC executable gets ABI version 1. 37130b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (config->emachine == EM_MIPS) { 37140b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!config->isPic && !config->relocatable && 37150b57cec5SDimitry Andric (config->eflags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) == EF_MIPS_CPIC) 37160b57cec5SDimitry Andric return 1; 37170b57cec5SDimitry Andric return 0; 37180b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 37190b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3720*81ad6265SDimitry Andric if (config->emachine == EM_AMDGPU && !ctx->objectFiles.empty()) { 3721*81ad6265SDimitry Andric uint8_t ver = ctx->objectFiles[0]->abiVersion; 3722*81ad6265SDimitry Andric for (InputFile *file : makeArrayRef(ctx->objectFiles).slice(1)) 37230b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (file->abiVersion != ver) 37240b57cec5SDimitry Andric error("incompatible ABI version: " + toString(file)); 37250b57cec5SDimitry Andric return ver; 37260b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 37270b57cec5SDimitry Andric 37280b57cec5SDimitry Andric return 0; 37290b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 37300b57cec5SDimitry Andric 37315ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template <typename ELFT> void elf::writeEhdr(uint8_t *buf, Partition &part) { 37320b57cec5SDimitry Andric memcpy(buf, "\177ELF", 4); 37330b57cec5SDimitry Andric 37340b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto *eHdr = reinterpret_cast<typename ELFT::Ehdr *>(buf); 37350b57cec5SDimitry Andric eHdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = config->is64 ? ELFCLASS64 : ELFCLASS32; 37360b57cec5SDimitry Andric eHdr->e_ident[EI_DATA] = config->isLE ? ELFDATA2LSB : ELFDATA2MSB; 37370b57cec5SDimitry Andric eHdr->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = EV_CURRENT; 37380b57cec5SDimitry Andric eHdr->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = config->osabi; 37390b57cec5SDimitry Andric eHdr->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = getAbiVersion(); 37400b57cec5SDimitry Andric eHdr->e_machine = config->emachine; 37410b57cec5SDimitry Andric eHdr->e_version = EV_CURRENT; 37420b57cec5SDimitry Andric eHdr->e_flags = config->eflags; 37430b57cec5SDimitry Andric eHdr->e_ehsize = sizeof(typename ELFT::Ehdr); 37440b57cec5SDimitry Andric eHdr->e_phnum = part.phdrs.size(); 37450b57cec5SDimitry Andric eHdr->e_shentsize = sizeof(typename ELFT::Shdr); 37460b57cec5SDimitry Andric 37470b57cec5SDimitry Andric if (!config->relocatable) { 37480b57cec5SDimitry Andric eHdr->e_phoff = sizeof(typename ELFT::Ehdr); 37490b57cec5SDimitry Andric eHdr->e_phentsize = sizeof(typename ELFT::Phdr); 37500b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 37510b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 37520b57cec5SDimitry Andric 37535ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template <typename ELFT> void elf::writePhdrs(uint8_t *buf, Partition &part) { 37540b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Write the program header table. 37550b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto *hBuf = reinterpret_cast<typename ELFT::Phdr *>(buf); 37560b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (PhdrEntry *p : part.phdrs) { 37570b57cec5SDimitry Andric hBuf->p_type = p->p_type; 37580b57cec5SDimitry Andric hBuf->p_flags = p->p_flags; 37590b57cec5SDimitry Andric hBuf->p_offset = p->p_offset; 37600b57cec5SDimitry Andric hBuf->p_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; 37610b57cec5SDimitry Andric hBuf->p_paddr = p->p_paddr; 37620b57cec5SDimitry Andric hBuf->p_filesz = p->p_filesz; 37630b57cec5SDimitry Andric hBuf->p_memsz = p->p_memsz; 37640b57cec5SDimitry Andric hBuf->p_align = p->p_align; 37650b57cec5SDimitry Andric ++hBuf; 37660b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 37670b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 37680b57cec5SDimitry Andric 37690b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <typename ELFT> 37700b57cec5SDimitry Andric PartitionElfHeaderSection<ELFT>::PartitionElfHeaderSection() 37710b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_LLVM_PART_EHDR, 1, "") {} 37720b57cec5SDimitry Andric 37730b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <typename ELFT> 37740b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t PartitionElfHeaderSection<ELFT>::getSize() const { 37750b57cec5SDimitry Andric return sizeof(typename ELFT::Ehdr); 37760b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 37770b57cec5SDimitry Andric 37780b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <typename ELFT> 37790b57cec5SDimitry Andric void PartitionElfHeaderSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 37800b57cec5SDimitry Andric writeEhdr<ELFT>(buf, getPartition()); 37810b57cec5SDimitry Andric 37820b57cec5SDimitry Andric // Loadable partitions are always ET_DYN. 37830b57cec5SDimitry Andric auto *eHdr = reinterpret_cast<typename ELFT::Ehdr *>(buf); 37840b57cec5SDimitry Andric eHdr->e_type = ET_DYN; 37850b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 37860b57cec5SDimitry Andric 37870b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <typename ELFT> 37880b57cec5SDimitry Andric PartitionProgramHeadersSection<ELFT>::PartitionProgramHeadersSection() 37890b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_LLVM_PART_PHDR, 1, ".phdrs") {} 37900b57cec5SDimitry Andric 37910b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <typename ELFT> 37920b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t PartitionProgramHeadersSection<ELFT>::getSize() const { 37930b57cec5SDimitry Andric return sizeof(typename ELFT::Phdr) * getPartition().phdrs.size(); 37940b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 37950b57cec5SDimitry Andric 37960b57cec5SDimitry Andric template <typename ELFT> 37970b57cec5SDimitry Andric void PartitionProgramHeadersSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 37980b57cec5SDimitry Andric writePhdrs<ELFT>(buf, getPartition()); 37990b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 38000b57cec5SDimitry Andric 38010b57cec5SDimitry Andric PartitionIndexSection::PartitionIndexSection() 38020b57cec5SDimitry Andric : SyntheticSection(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_PROGBITS, 4, ".rodata") {} 38030b57cec5SDimitry Andric 38040b57cec5SDimitry Andric size_t PartitionIndexSection::getSize() const { 38050b57cec5SDimitry Andric return 12 * (partitions.size() - 1); 38060b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 38070b57cec5SDimitry Andric 38080b57cec5SDimitry Andric void PartitionIndexSection::finalizeContents() { 38090b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (size_t i = 1; i != partitions.size(); ++i) 38100b57cec5SDimitry Andric partitions[i].nameStrTab = mainPart->dynStrTab->addString(partitions[i].name); 38110b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 38120b57cec5SDimitry Andric 38130b57cec5SDimitry Andric void PartitionIndexSection::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 38140b57cec5SDimitry Andric uint64_t va = getVA(); 38150b57cec5SDimitry Andric for (size_t i = 1; i != partitions.size(); ++i) { 38160b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf, mainPart->dynStrTab->getVA() + partitions[i].nameStrTab - va); 38170b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 4, partitions[i].elfHeader->getVA() - (va + 4)); 38180b57cec5SDimitry Andric 381904eeddc0SDimitry Andric SyntheticSection *next = i == partitions.size() - 1 382004eeddc0SDimitry Andric ? in.partEnd.get() 382104eeddc0SDimitry Andric : partitions[i + 1].elfHeader.get(); 38220b57cec5SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 8, next->getVA() - partitions[i].elfHeader->getVA()); 38230b57cec5SDimitry Andric 38240b57cec5SDimitry Andric va += 12; 38250b57cec5SDimitry Andric buf += 12; 38260b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 38270b57cec5SDimitry Andric } 38280b57cec5SDimitry Andric 382904eeddc0SDimitry Andric void InStruct::reset() { 383004eeddc0SDimitry Andric attributes.reset(); 383104eeddc0SDimitry Andric bss.reset(); 383204eeddc0SDimitry Andric bssRelRo.reset(); 383304eeddc0SDimitry Andric got.reset(); 383404eeddc0SDimitry Andric gotPlt.reset(); 383504eeddc0SDimitry Andric igotPlt.reset(); 383604eeddc0SDimitry Andric ppc64LongBranchTarget.reset(); 38371fd87a68SDimitry Andric mipsAbiFlags.reset(); 383804eeddc0SDimitry Andric mipsGot.reset(); 38391fd87a68SDimitry Andric mipsOptions.reset(); 38401fd87a68SDimitry Andric mipsReginfo.reset(); 384104eeddc0SDimitry Andric mipsRldMap.reset(); 384204eeddc0SDimitry Andric partEnd.reset(); 384304eeddc0SDimitry Andric partIndex.reset(); 384404eeddc0SDimitry Andric plt.reset(); 384504eeddc0SDimitry Andric iplt.reset(); 384604eeddc0SDimitry Andric ppc32Got2.reset(); 384704eeddc0SDimitry Andric ibtPlt.reset(); 384804eeddc0SDimitry Andric relaPlt.reset(); 384904eeddc0SDimitry Andric relaIplt.reset(); 385004eeddc0SDimitry Andric shStrTab.reset(); 385104eeddc0SDimitry Andric strTab.reset(); 385204eeddc0SDimitry Andric symTab.reset(); 385304eeddc0SDimitry Andric symTabShndx.reset(); 385404eeddc0SDimitry Andric } 385504eeddc0SDimitry Andric 3856*81ad6265SDimitry Andric constexpr char kMemtagAndroidNoteName[] = "Android"; 3857*81ad6265SDimitry Andric void MemtagAndroidNote::writeTo(uint8_t *buf) { 3858*81ad6265SDimitry Andric assert(sizeof(kMemtagAndroidNoteName) == 8); // ABI check for Android 11 & 12. 3859*81ad6265SDimitry Andric assert((config->androidMemtagStack || config->androidMemtagHeap) && 3860*81ad6265SDimitry Andric "Should only be synthesizing a note if heap || stack is enabled."); 3861*81ad6265SDimitry Andric 3862*81ad6265SDimitry Andric write32(buf, sizeof(kMemtagAndroidNoteName)); 3863*81ad6265SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 4, sizeof(uint32_t)); 3864*81ad6265SDimitry Andric write32(buf + 8, ELF::NT_ANDROID_TYPE_MEMTAG); 3865*81ad6265SDimitry Andric memcpy(buf + 12, kMemtagAndroidNoteName, sizeof(kMemtagAndroidNoteName)); 3866*81ad6265SDimitry Andric buf += 12 + sizeof(kMemtagAndroidNoteName); 3867*81ad6265SDimitry Andric 3868*81ad6265SDimitry Andric uint32_t value = 0; 3869*81ad6265SDimitry Andric value |= config->androidMemtagMode; 3870*81ad6265SDimitry Andric if (config->androidMemtagHeap) 3871*81ad6265SDimitry Andric value |= ELF::NT_MEMTAG_HEAP; 3872*81ad6265SDimitry Andric // Note, MTE stack is an ABI break. Attempting to run an MTE stack-enabled 3873*81ad6265SDimitry Andric // binary on Android 11 or 12 will result in a checkfail in the loader. 3874*81ad6265SDimitry Andric if (config->androidMemtagStack) 3875*81ad6265SDimitry Andric value |= ELF::NT_MEMTAG_STACK; 3876*81ad6265SDimitry Andric write32(buf, value); // note value 3877*81ad6265SDimitry Andric } 3878*81ad6265SDimitry Andric 3879*81ad6265SDimitry Andric size_t MemtagAndroidNote::getSize() const { 3880*81ad6265SDimitry Andric return sizeof(llvm::ELF::Elf64_Nhdr) + 3881*81ad6265SDimitry Andric /*namesz=*/sizeof(kMemtagAndroidNoteName) + 3882*81ad6265SDimitry Andric /*descsz=*/sizeof(uint32_t); 3883*81ad6265SDimitry Andric } 3884*81ad6265SDimitry Andric 38855ffd83dbSDimitry Andric InStruct elf::in; 38860b57cec5SDimitry Andric 38875ffd83dbSDimitry Andric std::vector<Partition> elf::partitions; 38885ffd83dbSDimitry Andric Partition *elf::mainPart; 38890b57cec5SDimitry Andric 38900b57cec5SDimitry Andric template GdbIndexSection *GdbIndexSection::create<ELF32LE>(); 38910b57cec5SDimitry Andric template GdbIndexSection *GdbIndexSection::create<ELF32BE>(); 38920b57cec5SDimitry Andric template GdbIndexSection *GdbIndexSection::create<ELF64LE>(); 38930b57cec5SDimitry Andric template GdbIndexSection *GdbIndexSection::create<ELF64BE>(); 38940b57cec5SDimitry Andric 38955ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template void elf::splitSections<ELF32LE>(); 38965ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template void elf::splitSections<ELF32BE>(); 38975ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template void elf::splitSections<ELF64LE>(); 38985ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template void elf::splitSections<ELF64BE>(); 38990b57cec5SDimitry Andric 39005ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELF32LE>; 39015ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELF32BE>; 39025ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELF64LE>; 39035ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsAbiFlagsSection<ELF64BE>; 39040b57cec5SDimitry Andric 39055ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsOptionsSection<ELF32LE>; 39065ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsOptionsSection<ELF32BE>; 39075ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsOptionsSection<ELF64LE>; 39085ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsOptionsSection<ELF64BE>; 39090b57cec5SDimitry Andric 3910e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric template void EhFrameSection::iterateFDEWithLSDA<ELF32LE>( 3911e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric function_ref<void(InputSection &)>); 3912e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric template void EhFrameSection::iterateFDEWithLSDA<ELF32BE>( 3913e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric function_ref<void(InputSection &)>); 3914e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric template void EhFrameSection::iterateFDEWithLSDA<ELF64LE>( 3915e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric function_ref<void(InputSection &)>); 3916e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric template void EhFrameSection::iterateFDEWithLSDA<ELF64BE>( 3917e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric function_ref<void(InputSection &)>); 3918e8d8bef9SDimitry Andric 39195ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsReginfoSection<ELF32LE>; 39205ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsReginfoSection<ELF32BE>; 39215ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsReginfoSection<ELF64LE>; 39225ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::MipsReginfoSection<ELF64BE>; 39230b57cec5SDimitry Andric 39245ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::DynamicSection<ELF32LE>; 39255ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::DynamicSection<ELF32BE>; 39265ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::DynamicSection<ELF64LE>; 39275ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::DynamicSection<ELF64BE>; 39280b57cec5SDimitry Andric 39295ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::RelocationSection<ELF32LE>; 39305ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::RelocationSection<ELF32BE>; 39315ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::RelocationSection<ELF64LE>; 39325ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::RelocationSection<ELF64BE>; 39330b57cec5SDimitry Andric 39345ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::AndroidPackedRelocationSection<ELF32LE>; 39355ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::AndroidPackedRelocationSection<ELF32BE>; 39365ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::AndroidPackedRelocationSection<ELF64LE>; 39375ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::AndroidPackedRelocationSection<ELF64BE>; 39380b57cec5SDimitry Andric 39395ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::RelrSection<ELF32LE>; 39405ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::RelrSection<ELF32BE>; 39415ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::RelrSection<ELF64LE>; 39425ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::RelrSection<ELF64BE>; 39430b57cec5SDimitry Andric 39445ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::SymbolTableSection<ELF32LE>; 39455ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::SymbolTableSection<ELF32BE>; 39465ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::SymbolTableSection<ELF64LE>; 39475ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::SymbolTableSection<ELF64BE>; 39480b57cec5SDimitry Andric 39495ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::VersionNeedSection<ELF32LE>; 39505ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::VersionNeedSection<ELF32BE>; 39515ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::VersionNeedSection<ELF64LE>; 39525ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::VersionNeedSection<ELF64BE>; 39530b57cec5SDimitry Andric 39545ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template void elf::writeEhdr<ELF32LE>(uint8_t *Buf, Partition &Part); 39555ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template void elf::writeEhdr<ELF32BE>(uint8_t *Buf, Partition &Part); 39565ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template void elf::writeEhdr<ELF64LE>(uint8_t *Buf, Partition &Part); 39575ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template void elf::writeEhdr<ELF64BE>(uint8_t *Buf, Partition &Part); 39580b57cec5SDimitry Andric 39595ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template void elf::writePhdrs<ELF32LE>(uint8_t *Buf, Partition &Part); 39605ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template void elf::writePhdrs<ELF32BE>(uint8_t *Buf, Partition &Part); 39615ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template void elf::writePhdrs<ELF64LE>(uint8_t *Buf, Partition &Part); 39625ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template void elf::writePhdrs<ELF64BE>(uint8_t *Buf, Partition &Part); 39630b57cec5SDimitry Andric 39645ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::PartitionElfHeaderSection<ELF32LE>; 39655ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::PartitionElfHeaderSection<ELF32BE>; 39665ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::PartitionElfHeaderSection<ELF64LE>; 39675ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::PartitionElfHeaderSection<ELF64BE>; 39680b57cec5SDimitry Andric 39695ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::PartitionProgramHeadersSection<ELF32LE>; 39705ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::PartitionProgramHeadersSection<ELF32BE>; 39715ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::PartitionProgramHeadersSection<ELF64LE>; 39725ffd83dbSDimitry Andric template class elf::PartitionProgramHeadersSection<ELF64BE>; 3973